diff options
| author | Christian Lohmaier <lohmaier+LibreOffice@googlemail.com> | 2023-03-13 16:04:19 +0100 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Olivier Hallot <olivier.hallot@libreoffice.org> | 2023-03-16 15:18:10 +0000 |
| commit | 77cb682cd1b004e7247560e60f603a4bb0565b8d (patch) | |
| tree | 5ff7d8bf5fcc8f9fe162b8ed05ca7eeaf21022ba /source/text/swriter | |
| parent | 00567a452bb1e270dd2438dcc865359edba56c19 (diff) | |
convert plain paragraphs with role="heading" → h<level>
i.e. without child elements and also drop the language that was changed
to implied in the dtd previously/defaults to en-US unless specified.
This change doesn't affect translations, only the content of the
paragraph/headings is extracted.
done with:
perl -CSD -pi -e 'BEGIN {$base = qr/role="heading"|level="(?<level>\d+)"|(?<id>id="[^"]+")/;} s#<paragraph(((\s+($base)){3})|(\s+($base|xml-lang="en-US")){4})>(?<body>[^<]+)</paragraph>#<h$+{level} $+{id}>$+{body}</h$+{level}>#g'
(all permutations re order of attributes, and xml-lang="en-US" being
optional / implied)
Change-Id: I365a2bb983a3969af9390753fce7b7f3597c7b8b
Reviewed-on: https://gerrit.libreoffice.org/c/help/+/148795
Tested-by: Jenkins
Reviewed-by: Olivier Hallot <olivier.hallot@libreoffice.org>
Diffstat (limited to 'source/text/swriter')
110 files changed, 649 insertions, 649 deletions
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp b/source/text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp index 973db97108..0331292dcc 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ </topic> </meta> <body> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149499" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">File Menu</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3149499">File Menu</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154487" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="exportdoc">Menu <emph>File - Export</emph> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151242" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="sendenstarimpress">Choose <emph>File - Send - Outline to Presentation</emph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp index 85ed911843..08c026a5fb 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/MailmergeDialog" id="bm_id3149687" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MergeDialog" id="bm_id3149687" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150757" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Mail Merge</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3150757">Mail Merge</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151187" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="serienbrieftext"><ahelp hid=".">The <emph>Mail Merge</emph> dialog helps you in printing and saving form letters.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> @@ -41,51 +41,51 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154102" xml-lang="en-US">During printing, the database information replaces the corresponding database fields (placeholders). For more information about inserting database fields refer to the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp"><emph>Database</emph></link> tab page under <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>.</paragraph><comment>db browser explorer</comment> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_TLB_TREELISTBOX" id="bm_id5399029" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8186895" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a database and table.</ahelp></paragraph><comment>db browser records</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154482" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Records</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154482">Records</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154565" xml-lang="en-US">Determines the number of records for printing the form letter. One letter will be printed for each record.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/all" id="bm_id3149685" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155896" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">All</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/all" id="bm_id3149685" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3155896">All</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149691" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/all">Processes all the records from the database.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/selected" id="bm_id3143279" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155186" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Selected records</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/selected" id="bm_id3143279" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3155186">Selected records</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149483" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/selected">Processes only the marked records from the database. This option is only available when you have previously marked the necessary records in the database.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/rbfrom" id="bm_id3149097" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/from" id="bm_id3148978" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151260" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From:</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/from" id="bm_id3148978" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3151260">From:</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149034" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the number of the first record to be printed.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/to" id="bm_id3153643" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153631" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To:</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/to" id="bm_id3153643" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153631">To:</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145758" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/to">Specify the number of the last record to be printed.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152772" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Output</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152772">Output</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155138" xml-lang="en-US">Determines whether to send your form letters to a printer or save them to a file.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/printer" id="bm_id3150497" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150485" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Printer</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/printer" id="bm_id3150497" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3150485">Printer</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149167" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/printer">Prints the form letters.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/file" id="bm_id3145785" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145773" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">File</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/file" id="bm_id3145785" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3145773">File</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155910" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/file">Saves the form letters in files.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/singledocument" id="bm_id7246620" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150109" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Save as single document</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150109">Save as single document</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3101901" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Create one big document containing all data records.</ahelp></paragraph><comment>save as individual documents</comment> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/individualdocuments" id="bm_id6964323" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150110" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Save as individual documents</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150110">Save as individual documents</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5345011" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Create one document for every one data record.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145263" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Generate file name from database</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145263">Generate file name from database</h3> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/generate" id="bm_id6631672" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5631580" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Generate each file name from data contained in a database.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150108" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Field</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150108">Field</h3> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/field" id="bm_id3147747" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149829" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/field">Uses the content of the selected database field as the file name for the form letter.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/path" id="bm_id3150122" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150111" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Path</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150111">Path</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150687" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/path">Specifies the path to store the form letters.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/pathpb" id="bm_id3147423" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147412" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">...</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147412">...</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149553" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/pathpb">Opens the<emph> Select Path </emph>dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/fileformat" id="bm_id8452711" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150112" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">File format</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150112">File format</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8992889" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the file format to store the resulting document.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp index 0a5dc3c086..296051bca1 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp @@ -41,10 +41,10 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#sendenautoabstract"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/abstractdialog/outlines" id="bm_id3154106" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147516" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Included Outline Levels</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147516">Included Outline Levels</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149804" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/abstractdialog/outlines">Enter the extent of the outline levels to be copied to the new document.</ahelp> For example, if you choose 4 levels, all paragraphs formatted with Heading 1 to Heading 4 are included, along with the number of subsequent paragraphs specified in <emph>Subpoints per Level</emph>.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/abstractdialog/paras" id="bm_id3154570" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151316" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Subpoints per Level</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151316">Subpoints per Level</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155892" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/abstractdialog/paras">Specify the maximum number of consecutive paragraphs to be included in the AutoAbstract document after each heading.</ahelp> All of the paragraphs up to the maximum defined are included until the next paragraph with a Heading Style is reached.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp index b5561e37fb..57ceeb69c3 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp @@ -38,9 +38,9 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#sendenpraeser"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149801" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Included Outline Levels</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149801">Included Outline Levels</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153667" xml-lang="en-US">Enter the number of outline levels to include in the new presentation. For example, if you choose one level, only the paragraphs that follow the "Heading 1" paragraph style are included.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154478" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Subpoints per Level</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154478">Subpoints per Level</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145580" xml-lang="en-US">Enter the number of paragraphs that you want to include below each outline level (heading). </paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp index ae094c6d16..92186a969a 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ </meta> <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_SCRL_NAVI" id="bm_id3149832" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147745" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Navigation</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3147745">Navigation</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149844" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_SCRL_NAVI">If you click this icon in the Navigator or in the lower right of the document window, a toolbar will appear which enables you to choose among the existing targets within a document.</ahelp> You can then use the up and down arrow icons to position the text cursor in the document on the previous or next target.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_SCRL_PAGEUP" id="bm_id3153304" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153293" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_SCRL_PAGEUP">Click the up button to scroll to the previous page or object.</ahelp></paragraph> @@ -43,14 +43,14 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154330" xml-lang="en-US">The entries largely correspond to those in the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp">Navigator</link> selection box. You can also select other jump destinations. An example are the reminders, which you can set with the <emph>Set Reminder</emph> icon in the Navigator. You can select an object from among the following options on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar: table, frame, graphics, OLE object, page, headings, reminder, drawing object, control field, section, bookmark, selection, footnote, note, index entry, table formula, wrong table formula.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148330" xml-lang="en-US">Reminders are navigated in the order in which they are set.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148783" xml-lang="en-US">For table formulas, you can either jump to all table formulas located within your document or only to the incorrect ones. For incorrect formulas, you jump only to formulas that have resulted in errors. The program skips over formulas with resulting errors (those that reference incorrect formulas).</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150031" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Working With the Navigation Toolbar</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150031">Working With the Navigation Toolbar</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150045" xml-lang="en-US">Open the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar by clicking on its top left icon located on the top of the Navigator display area. You can break the toolbar away from its place by dragging and arranging it on the screen.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NAVI_VS" id="bm_id3154622" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153141" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_VS">Click the icon for the type of objects you want to browse through. Then click one of the "Previous Object" or "Next Object" arrow buttons. The names of these buttons indicate the type of object you have selected. The text cursor is placed on whichever object you have selected.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3149968" xml-lang="en-US">You can configure $[officename] according to your specific preferences for navigating within a document. To do this, choose <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp"><emph>Tools - Customize</emph></link>. The various tables for adapting <link href="text/shared/01/06140100.xhp">menus</link>, <link href="text/shared/01/06140200.xhp">keyboard input</link> or toolbars contain various functions for navigation within the document under the "Navigate" area. In this way you can jump to the index tags in the document with the "To Next/Previous Index Tag" functions.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155338"><bookmark_value>searching; repeating a search</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155338" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Repeat Search</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155338">Repeat Search</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155361" xml-lang="en-US">With the <emph>Repeat search</emph> icon on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar you can repeat a search you started with the <emph>Search and Replace</emph> dialog. To do this, click the icon. The blue arrow buttons on the vertical scrollbar now take on the functions <emph>Continue search forwards</emph> and <emph>Continue search backwards</emph>. If you now click one of the arrow surfaces, the search will be continued for the term entered in the Search and Replace dialog.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_BKM" id="bm_id2258064" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106DD" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through bookmarks.</ahelp></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp index 9a6c5c711b..347c740f19 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp @@ -41,86 +41,86 @@ <h2 id="hd_id3148982" xml-lang="en-US">AutoText</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153640" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>AutoText </emph>dialog lists the AutoText categories and entries.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/insert" id="bm_id3152778" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152766" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Display remainder of name as a suggestion while typing</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152766">Display remainder of name as a suggestion while typing</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145758" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/insert">Displays a suggestion for completing a word as a Help Tip after you type the first three letters of a word that matches an AutoText entry. To accept the suggestion, press Enter. If more than one AutoText entry matches the letters that you type, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Tab</keycode> to advance through the entries.</ahelp> For example, to insert dummy text, type "Dum", and then press Enter.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149177" xml-lang="en-US">To display the list in reverse order, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Shift+Tab</keycode>.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/name" id="bm_id3155856" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151378" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Name</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151378">Name</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155862" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/name">Lists the name of the currently selected AutoText entry. If you have selected text in the document, type the name of the new AutoText entry, click the <emph>AutoText </emph>button, and then choose <emph>New</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/shortname" id="bm_id3150124" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150113" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Shortcut</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150113">Shortcut</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147413" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/shortname">Displays the shortcut for the selected AutoText entry. If you are creating a new AutoText entry, type the shortcut that you want to use for the entry.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149558" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">List box</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149558">List box</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145257" xml-lang="en-US">Lists the AutoText categories. To view the AutoText entries in a category, double-click the category, or click the plus sign (+) in front of the category. To insert an AutoText entry into the current document, select the entry in the list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> <paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3153300" xml-lang="en-US">You can drag and drop AutoText entries from one category to another.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156124" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Insert</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156124">Insert</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156094" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the selected AutoText into the current document.</paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3148788" xml-lang="en-US">If you insert an unformatted AutoText entry into a paragraph, the entry is formatted with the current paragraph style.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#close"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/autotext" id="bm_id3153121" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150039" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">AutoText</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150039">AutoText</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153127" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/autotext">Click to display additional AutoText commands, for example, to create a new AutoText entry from a text selection in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/new" id="bm_id3154628" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154618" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">New</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154618">New</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154635" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/new">Creates a new AutoText entry from the selection that you made in the current document. The entry is added to the currently selected AutoText category. You must first enter a name before you see this command.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/newtext" id="bm_id3150662" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149643" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">New (text only)</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149643">New (text only)</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150668" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/newtext">Creates a new AutoText entry only from the text in the selection that you made in the current document. Graphics, tables and other objects are not included. You must first enter a name before you see this command.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/copy" id="bm_id3154037" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154025" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Copy</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154025">Copy</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154043" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/copy">Copies the selected AutoText to the clipboard.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/replace" id="bm_id3149601" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149965" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Replace</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149965">Replace</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149607" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/replace">Replaces the contents of the selected AutoText entry with the selection that was made in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/rename" id="bm_id3150779" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150768" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Rename</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150768">Rename</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150786" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Rename AutoText dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp> Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp">Rename AutoText</link> dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#delete"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/edit" id="bm_id3155352" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155341" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Edit</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155341">Edit</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155358" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/edit">Opens the selected AutoText entry for editing in a separate document. Make the changes that you want, choose <emph>File - Save AutoText</emph>, and then choose <emph>File - Close</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/macro" id="bm_id3145100" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155555" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Macro</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155555">Macro</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145106" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Assign Macro dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp> Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp">Assign Macro</link> dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149583" xml-lang="en-US">You can also use the macros that are linked to some of the provided AutoText entries in AutoText entries that you create. The AutoText entries must be created with the "text only" option. For example, insert the string <field:company> in an AutoText entry, and $[officename] replaces the string with the contents of the corresponding database field.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/import" id="bm_id3156263" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149597" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Import</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149597">Import</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148937" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/import">Opens a dialog where you can select the 97/2000/XP Word document or template, containing the AutoText entries that you want to import.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/categories" id="bm_id3156049" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156038" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Categories</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156038">Categories</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156055" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/categories">Adds, renames, or deletes AutoText categories.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/EditCategoriesDialog" id="bm_id3159229" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159217" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit Categories</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159217">Edit Categories</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145173" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/EditCategoriesDialog">Adds, renames, or deletes AutoText categories.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/name" id="bm_id3150796" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145192" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Category</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145192">Category</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150802" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/name">Displays the name of the selected AutoText category. To change the name of the category, type a new name, and then click <emph>Rename</emph>. To create a new category, type a name, and then click <emph>New</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/pathlb" id="bm_id3155328" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155318" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Path</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155318">Path</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155335" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/pathlb">Displays the current path to the directory where the selected AutoText category files are stored. If you are creating an AutoText category, select where you want to store the category files.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/new" id="bm_id3154421" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154410" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">New</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154410">New</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154933" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/new">Creates a new AutoText category using the name that you entered in the<emph> Name</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/rename" id="bm_id3153372" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154959" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Rename</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154959">Rename</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153379" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/rename">Changes the name of the selected AutoText category to the name that you enter in the <emph>Name </emph>box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/group" id="bm_id3154131" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154120" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Selection list</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154120">Selection list</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154137" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/group">Lists the existing AutoText categories and the corresponding paths.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#delete2"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/path" id="bm_id3154845" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145615" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Path</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145615">Path</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154852" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Edit Paths dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText.</ahelp> Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010301.xhp">Edit Paths</link> dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156064" xml-lang="en-US">To add a new path to an AutoText directory, click the <emph>Path</emph> button in the <emph>AutoText </emph>dialog.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155383" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Save links relative to</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155383">Save links relative to</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155396" xml-lang="en-US">Use this area to set the way $[officename] inserts links to the AutoText directory. </paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/relfile" id="bm_id3148755" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148743" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">File system</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148743">File system</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148762" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/relfile">Links to AutoText directories on your computer are relative.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/relnet" id="bm_id3153031" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153020" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Internet</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153020">Internet</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153037" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/relnet">Links to files on the Internet are relative.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp index 26ffb84cf1..e600df1efb 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp @@ -32,16 +32,16 @@ <body> <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/RenameAutoTextDialog" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155920" localize="false"/> <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/@@nowidget@@" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> - <paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3155144" xml-lang="en-US">Rename AutoText</paragraph> + <h1 id="hd_id3155144">Rename AutoText</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149171" xml-lang="en-US">Allows you to change the name of an AutoText entry.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#autotextum"/> </section> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/oldname" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155921" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3155910" xml-lang="en-US">Name</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/oldname" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155921" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3155910">Name</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151372" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/oldname" visibility="visible">Displays the current name of the selected AutoText item.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newname" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155869" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3155858" xml-lang="en-US">New</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newname" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155869" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3155858">New</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150686" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newname" visibility="visible">Type the new name for the selected AutoText component.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/oldsc" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150122" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newsc" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3145576" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3150110" xml-lang="en-US">Shortcut</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/oldsc" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150122" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newsc" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3145576" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3150110">Shortcut</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145583" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newsc" visibility="visible">Assigns a shortcut to the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp index f66058c5b0..0df33592c9 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp @@ -29,31 +29,31 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:AuthoritiesEntryDialog" id="bm_id3717844" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147434" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US">Edit Bibliography Entry</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3147434">Edit Bibliography Entry</h1> <paragraph id="par_id3145253" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="bibliography_entry_text"><variable id="litvz"><ahelp hid=".uno:AuthoritiesEntryDialog">Edits the selected bibliography entry.</ahelp></variable></variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#lit"/> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147340" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Entry</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147340">Entry</h2> -<paragraph id="hd_id3155961" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Short name</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155961">Short name</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3154657" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the abbreviation for the bibliography entry.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148837" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Author, Title</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148837">Author, Title</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3152741" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the author and title information contained in the bibliography entry.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150214" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Apply</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150214">Apply</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154766" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Applies the changes that you made, and then closes the <emph>Edit Bibliography Entry </emph>dialog.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3146968" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Close</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146968">Close</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3166468" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Closes the dialog.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147299" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">New</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147299">New</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3151389" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where you can create a new entry.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150534" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Edit</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150534">Edit</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3155620" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where you can edit the current entry.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <paragraph id="par_id3154560" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp">Tips for working with bibliography entries</link>.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp index 23e355b1de..c89f985d56 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:EditRegion" id="bm_id7890801" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/EditSectionDialog" id="bm_id3155897" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153673" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Edit Sections</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3153673">Edit Sections</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155902" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="bereichetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditRegion">Changes the properties of sections defined in your document.</ahelp> To insert a section, select text or click in your document, and then choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>. </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> @@ -41,13 +41,13 @@ </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143275" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Edit Sections</emph> dialog is similar to the <link href="text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp"><emph>Insert - Section</emph></link> dialog, and offers the following additional options:</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree" id="bm_id3149097" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149820" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Section</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149820">Section</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149104" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree">Type the name of the section that you want to edit, or click a name in the <emph>Section </emph>list.</ahelp> If the cursor is currently in a section, the section name is displayed on the right side of the status bar at the bottom of the document window.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149040" xml-lang="en-US">The current write protection status of a section is indicated by the lock symbol in front of the section name in the list. An open lock is unprotected and a closed lock is protected. Similarly, visible sections are indicated by a glasses symbol.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153638" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Options</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153638">Options</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152773" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp"><emph>Options</emph></link> dialog, where you can edit the column layout, background, footnote and endnote behavior of the selected section.</ahelp> If the section is password protected, you must enter the password first.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/remove" id="bm_id3156269" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155143" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Remove</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155143">Remove</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145413" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/remove">Removes the selected section from the document, and inserts the contents of the section into the document.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp index a5fb590781..452891afc6 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp @@ -35,14 +35,14 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3147514" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Contains a submenu for showing or hiding the horizontal and vertical rulers.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id110120150347243313" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Rulers</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id110120150347243313">Rulers</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3147517" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Show or hide the horizontal ruler and if activate, the vertical ruler. The horizontal ruler can be used to adjust page horizontal margins, tab stops, indents, borders, table cells, and to arrange objects on the page.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#lineal"/> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id110120150347244029" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Vertical Ruler</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id110120150347244029">Vertical Ruler</h2> <paragraph id="par_id110120150347249577" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Show or hide the vertical ruler. The vertical ruler can be used to adjust page vertical margins, table cells, and object heights on the page.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp index 97d7044737..1b2a6ced79 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp @@ -42,27 +42,27 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#insert_footnote_endnote"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154106" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Numbering</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154106">Numbering</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149812" xml-lang="en-US">Select the type of numbering that you want to use for footnotes and endnotes.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/automatic" id="bm_id3154482" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154470" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Automatic</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154470">Automatic</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153670" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="bearbeitenautomatisch"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/automatic">Automatically assigns consecutive numbers to the footnotes or endnotes that you insert.</ahelp> To change the settings for automatic numbering, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp"><emph>Tools - Footnotes and Endnotes</emph></link>. </variable></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/character" id="bm_id3152963" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/characterentry" id="bm_id3152962" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152952" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Character</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152952">Character</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155901" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="bearbeitenzeichen"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/characterentry">Choose this option to define a character or symbol for the current footnote.</ahelp> This can be either a letter, number or special character.</variable></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/choosecharacter" id="bm_id3153519" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155185" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Choose</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155185">Choose</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153526" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="bearbeitensonderzeichen"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/choosecharacter">Inserts a <link href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp">special character </link> as a footnote or endnote anchor.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149493" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Type</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149493">Type</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151256" xml-lang="en-US">Select whether to insert a footnote or an endnote. Endnote numbering is separate from the footnote numbering.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/footnote" id="bm_id3148974" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149104" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Footnote</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149104">Footnote</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148981" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/footnote">Inserts a footnote anchor at the current cursor position in the document, and adds a footnote to the bottom of the page.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/endnote" id="bm_id3149046" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153644" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Endnote</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153644">Endnote</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152770" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/endnote">Inserts an endnote anchor at the current cursor position in the document, and adds an endnote at the end of the document.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#footnote_usage"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp index 88050049a6..302d44880b 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp @@ -42,13 +42,13 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#format"/> <embed href="text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#printer"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_ENVELOP_PRINT" id="bm_id3154574" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153540" role="heading" level="2">New doc.</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153540">New doc.</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154473" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_ENVELOP_PRINT">Creates a new document and inserts the envelope.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_ENVELOP_INSERT" id="bm_id3151314" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152959" role="heading" level="2">Insert</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152959">Insert</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151320" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_ENVELOP_INSERT">Inserts the envelope before the current page in the document.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id8208563" role="heading" level="2">To delete an envelope from a document</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id8208563">To delete an envelope from a document</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id396130" role="paragraph">Click into the envelope page to make it the current page.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp index 5fb12a583f..adad1fd584 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp @@ -41,16 +41,16 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#umschlagb"/> </section> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/addredit" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3151178" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3149295" xml-lang="en-US">Addressee</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/addredit" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3151178" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3149295">Addressee</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145415" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/addredit" visibility="visible">Enter the delivery address.</ahelp> You can also click in this box, and select a database, a table, and field, and then click the arrow button to insert the field in the address. If you want, you can apply formatting, such as bold and underline, to the address text.</paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/senderedit" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149802" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3154102" xml-lang="en-US">Sender</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154102">Sender</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3153527"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid="modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/senderedit">Includes a return address on the envelope. Select the <emph>Sender</emph> check box, and then enter the return address.</ahelp> $[officename] automatically inserts your user data in the <emph>Sender</emph> box, but you can also enter the data that you want.</paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/database" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154474" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3154571" xml-lang="en-US">Database</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/database" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154474" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3154571">Database</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154480" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/database" visibility="visible">Select the database containing the address data that you want to insert.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/table" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155892" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3151310" xml-lang="en-US">Table</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/table" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155892" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3151310">Table</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155898" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/table" visibility="visible">Select the database table containing the address data that you want to insert.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/field" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154197" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/insert" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154201" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3149695" xml-lang="en-US">Database field</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/field" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154197" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/insert" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154201" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3149695">Database field</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155180" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/insert" visibility="visible">Select the database field containing the address data that you want to insert, and then click the left arrow button. The data is added to the address box containing the cursor.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#preview_field"/> </body> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp index e7eb9b0385..e3706802c8 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp @@ -38,41 +38,41 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#formatbr"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147515" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Addressee</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147515">Addressee</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154105" xml-lang="en-US">Sets the position and the text formatting options of the addressee field.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153527" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Position</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153527">Position</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154563" xml-lang="en-US">Sets the position of the recipient's address on the envelope.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftaddr" id="bm_id3154482" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154471" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">from left</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftaddr" id="bm_id3154482" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3154471">from left</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152957" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftaddr">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left edge of the envelope and the addressee field.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topaddr" id="bm_id3153675" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151319" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">from top</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topaddr" id="bm_id3153675" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3151319">from top</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155895" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topaddr">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the envelope and the addressee field.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/addredit" id="bm_id3154195" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149692" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/addredit" id="bm_id3154195" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3149692">Edit</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154201" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/addredit">Click and choose the text formatting style for the addressee field that you want to edit.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143272" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Character</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3143272">Character</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149481" xml-lang="en-US">Opens a dialog where you can edit the character formatting that is used in the addressee field.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149815" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Paragraph</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3149815">Paragraph</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149828" xml-lang="en-US">Opens a dialog where you can edit the paragraph formatting that is used in the addressee field.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151262" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Sender</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151262">Sender</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149107" xml-lang="en-US">Sets the position and the text formatting options of the sender field.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148980" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Position</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148980">Position</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149041" xml-lang="en-US">Sets the position of the sender's address on the envelope.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftsender" id="bm_id3152769" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153636" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">from left</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftsender" id="bm_id3152769" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153636">from left</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152776" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftsender">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left edge of the envelope and the sender field.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topsender" id="bm_id3155142" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145766" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">from top</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topsender" id="bm_id3155142" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3145766">from top</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155149" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topsender">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the envelope and the sender field.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/senderedit" id="bm_id3156274" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149179" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/senderedit" id="bm_id3156274" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3149179">Edit</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156281" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/senderedit">Click and choose the text formatting style for the sender field that you want to edit.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145787" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Character</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3145787">Character</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155918" xml-lang="en-US">Opens a dialog where you can edit the character formatting that is used in the sender field.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151378" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Paragraph</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3151378">Paragraph</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150112" xml-lang="en-US">Opens a dialog where you can edit the paragraph formatting that is used in the sender field.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150687" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Size</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150687">Size</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150700" xml-lang="en-US">Select the envelope size format that you want to use, or create a custom size.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/format" id="bm_id3147416" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155868" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Format</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/format" id="bm_id3147416" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3155868">Format</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147422" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/format">Select the envelope size that want, or select "User Defined", and then enter the width and the height of the custom size.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/width" id="bm_id3145268" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145256" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Width</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/width" id="bm_id3145268" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3145256">Width</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149551" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/width">Enter the width of the envelope.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/height" id="bm_id3150554" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149567" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Height</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/height" id="bm_id3150554" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3149567">Height</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150561" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/height">Enter the height of the envelope.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#preview_field"/> </body> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp index dbc3e3124e..1e7f241596 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp @@ -41,39 +41,39 @@ </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152960" xml-lang="en-US">Consult the documentation that came with your printer for setting up the printer for envelopes. Depending on the printer model, envelopes may have to be placed left, right, in the middle, and either face up or face down.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horileft" id="bm_id3153675" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153665" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Horizontal left</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153665">Horizontal left</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154564" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horileft">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the left edge of the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horicenter" id="bm_id3149688" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155898" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Horizontal center</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155898">Horizontal center</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149694" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horicenter">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the center of the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horiright" id="bm_id3155186" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155174" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Horizontal right</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155174">Horizontal right</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143273" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horiright">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the right edge of the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertleft" id="bm_id3149817" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149488" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Vertical left</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149488">Vertical left</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149823" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertleft">Feeds the envelope vertically from the left edge of the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertcenter" id="bm_id3149104" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151260" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Vertical center</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151260">Vertical center</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148968" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertcenter">Feeds the envelope vertically from the center of the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertright" id="bm_id3153644" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153633" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Vertical right</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153633">Vertical right</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149037" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertright">Feeds the envelope vertically from the right edge of the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/top" id="bm_id3145757" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152773" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Print from top</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152773">Print from top</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145763" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/top">Feeds the envelope with the print side face up in the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/bottom" id="bm_id3149171" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155146" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Print from bottom</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155146">Print from bottom</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149178" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/bottom">Feeds the envelope with the print side face down in the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/right" id="bm_id3145778" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156279" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Shift right</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156279">Shift right</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145784" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/right">Enter the amount to shift the print area to the right.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/down" id="bm_id3151378" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155921" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Shift down</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155921">Shift down</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151383" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/down">Enter the amount to shift the print area down.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150123" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Current printer</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150123">Current printer</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150696" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the name of the current printer.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/setup" id="bm_id3147411" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155862" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Setup</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155862">Setup</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147418" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/setup">Opens the Print Setup dialog where you can define additional printer settings, such as paper format and orientation.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp index c8ed23249b..9409b43c42 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp @@ -93,33 +93,33 @@ </table> <embed href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#selectnote"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/select" id="bm_id3145262" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149565" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Database Selection</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149565">Database Selection</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145268" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/select">Select the database table or the database query that you want the field to refer to.</ahelp> You can include fields from more than one database or query in a document.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/condition" id="bm_id3150559" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0902200804391084" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">For fields linked to a condition, enter the criteria here.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#condition"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147739" xml-lang="en-US">If you want, you can assign a condition that must be met before the contents of the "Any Record" and "Next Record" fields are inserted. The default condition is "True", that is, the condition is always true if you do not change the condition text.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/recnumber" id="bm_id3149831" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146336" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Record number</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146336">Record number</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149836" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/recnumber">Enter the number of the record that you want to insert when the condition that you specify is met.</ahelp> The record number corresponds to the current selection in the data source view. For example, if you select the last 5 records in a database containing 10 records, the number of the first record will be 1, and not 6.</paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3153305" xml-lang="en-US">If you refer to fields in a different database (or in a different table or query within the same database), $[officename] determines the record number relative to the current selection.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156109" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Format</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156109">Format</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156122" xml-lang="en-US">Select the format of the field that you want to insert. This option is available for numerical, boolean, date and time fields.<comment>see #i64135</comment></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/fromdatabasecb" id="bm_id3150915" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150904" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From database</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150904">From database</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150922" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/fromdatabasecb">Uses the format defined in the selected database.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/browse" id="bm_id5024262" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1076E" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Browse</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1076E">Browse</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10772" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/browse">Opens a file open dialog where you can select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Databases Selection list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/userdefinedcb" id="bm_id3154326" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155084" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">User defined</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155084">User defined</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154333" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/userdefinedcb">Applies the format that you select in the <emph>List of user-defined formats</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/numformat" id="bm_id3150084" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/format" id="bm_id3150087" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146948" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">List of user-defined formats</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3146948">List of user-defined formats</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150093" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Lists the available user-defined formats.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/printmergedialog/PrintMergeDialog" id="bm_id1835383" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN107FF" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Printing a form letter</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN107FF">Printing a form letter</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10803" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">When you print a document that contains database fields, a dialog asks you if you want to print a form letter. If you answer Yes, the <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp">Mail Merge</link> dialog opens where you can select the database records to print.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp index 5c0bb37c9a..b8e50eed0f 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153669" xml-lang="en-US">When you save a document that contains fields as an HTML document, $[officename] automatically converts date, time, and DocInformation fields to special HTML tags. The field contents are inserted between the opening and closing HTML tags of the converted fields. These special HTML tags do not correspond to standard HTML tags.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152960" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Writer fields are identified by the <SDFIELD> tag in an HTML document. The field type, the format, and the name of the special field are included in the opening HTML tag. The format of a field tag that is recognized by an HTML filter depends on the field type.</paragraph> <section id="date_and_time"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154570" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Date and Time Fields</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154570">Date and Time Fields</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149696" xml-lang="en-US">For "Date" and "Time" fields, the TYPE parameter equals DATETIME. The format of the date or the time is specified by the SDNUM parameter, for example, DD:MM:YY for dates, or HH:MM:SS for time.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155183" xml-lang="en-US">For fixed date and time fields, the date or the time is specified by the SDVAL parameter.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149485" xml-lang="en-US">Examples of date and time special HTML tags that are recognized by $[officename] as fields are shown in the following table:</paragraph> @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ </section> <section id="DocInformation"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147409" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">DocInformation Fields</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147409">DocInformation Fields</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147487" xml-lang="en-US">For DocInformation fields, the TYPE parameter equals DOCINFO. The SUBTYPE parameter displays the specific field type, for example, for the "Created" DocInformation field, SUBTYPE=CREATE. For date and time DocInformation fields, the FORMAT parameter equals DATE or TIME, and the SDNUM parameter indicates the number format that is used. The SDFIXED parameter indicates if the content of the DocInformation field is fixed or not.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147501" xml-lang="en-US">The contents of a fixed date or time field are equal to the SDVAL parameter, otherwise the contents are equal to the text found between the SDFIELD HTML tags.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149562" xml-lang="en-US">Examples of DocInformation special HTML tags that are recognized by $[officename] as fields are shown in the following table:</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp index 935104d457..6eec93fc11 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp @@ -32,14 +32,14 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/InputFieldDialog" id="bm_id3154104" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147515" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Input Field</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3147515">Input Field</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146041" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/InputFieldDialog">Inserts a text field that you can open and edit by clicking it in the document.</ahelp> You can use input fields for text, or to assign a new value to a variable.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154470" xml-lang="en-US">To change the content of an Input Field in a document, click the field, and then edit the text in the lower box of the dialog.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/text" id="bm_id3154564" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153669" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Reference</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153669">Reference</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154571" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/text">This box displays the name that you entered in the <emph>Reference</emph> box on the <emph>Functions</emph> or <emph>Variables</emph> tab of the <emph>Fields</emph> dialog. The box underneath displays the contents of the field.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/next" id="bm_id3149685" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155897" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Next</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155897">Next</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149691" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/next">Jumps to the next input field in the document.</ahelp> This button is only available when you position the cursor directly before an input field, and then press Shift+Ctrl+F9.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp index e5c3d7cacd..510a63c2aa 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp @@ -40,41 +40,41 @@ </section> <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#type_and_title"/> <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#create_index_for"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153247" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Options</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153247">Options</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/combinesame" id="bm_id3146963" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154651" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Combine identical entries</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154651">Combine identical entries</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153810" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/combinesame">Replaces identical index entries with a single entry that lists the page numbers where the entry occurs in the document. For example, the entries "View 10, View 43" are combined as "View 10, 43".</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/useff" id="bm_id3151393" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147403" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Combine identical entries with f or ff</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147403">Combine identical entries with f or ff</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3083451" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/useff">Replaces identical index entries that occur on the directly following page(s), with a single entry that lists the first page number and a "f" or "ff". For example, the entries "View 10, View 11" are combined as "View 10f", and "View 10, View 11, View 12" as "View 10ff". Actual appearance depends on the locale setting, but can be overridden with <emph>Sort - Language</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/usedash" id="bm_id3149353" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3157870" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Combine with -</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3157870">Combine with -</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145825" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/usedash">Replaces identical index entries that occur on consecutive pages with a single entry and the page range where the entry occurs. For example, the entries "View 10, View 11, View 12" are combined as "View 10-12".</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/casesens" id="bm_id3150019" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154502" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Case sensitive</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154502">Case sensitive</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149880" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/casesens">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters in identical index entries. For Asian languages special handling applies.</ahelp> If you want the first occurrence of the entry in the document to determine the case of the entry, select <emph>Combine identical entries</emph>.</paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_idN10671" xml-lang="en-US">To use multi-level collation to Asian languages, select <emph>Case sensitive</emph>. In the multi-level collation, the cases and diacritics of the entries are ignored and only the primitive forms of the entries are compared. If the forms are identical, the diacritics of the forms are compared. If the forms are still identical, the cases of the forms as well as the widths of the characters, and the differences in the Japanese Kana are compared.<comment>UFI: see #112590# and #112507#</comment></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/initcaps" id="bm_id3148393" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150569" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">AutoCapitalize entries</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150569">AutoCapitalize entries</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148772" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/initcaps">Automatically capitalizes the first letter of an index entry.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/keyasentry" id="bm_id3153924" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155986" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Keys as separate entries</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155986">Keys as separate entries</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147170" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/keyasentry">Inserts index keys as separate index entries.</ahelp> A key is inserted as a top level index entry and the entries that are assigned to the key as indented subentries.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151184" xml-lang="en-US">To define an index key, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp"><emph>Insert Index Entry</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromfile" id="bm_id3150766" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154646" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Concordance file</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154646">Concordance file</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156322" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromfile">Automatically marks index entries using a concordance file - a list of words to include in an index.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/file" id="bm_id3153151" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150258" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">File</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150258">File</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149287" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/file">Select, create, or edit a concordance file.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="sort"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152950" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Sort</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152950">Sort</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149812" xml-lang="en-US">Sets the options for sorting the index entries.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/lang" id="bm_id3150359" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150347" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Language</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150347">Language</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154475" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/lang">Select the language rules to use for sorting the index entries.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/keytype" id="bm_id3147524" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153675" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Key type</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153675">Key type</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147530" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/keytype">Select numeric when you want to sort numbers by value, such as in 1, 2, 12. Select alphanumeric, when you want to sort the numbers by character code, such as in 1, 12, 2.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> </body> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp index 5447a6efcd..81d43f5a1f 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp @@ -40,10 +40,10 @@ <h2 id="hd_id3153534" xml-lang="en-US">Create from</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151315" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the information to be combined to form an index.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/captions" id="bm_id3153671" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154478" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Captions</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154478">Captions</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153677" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/captions">Creates index entries from object captions.</ahelp> To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/category" id="bm_id3155903" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154576" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Category</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154576">Category</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149687" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/category">Select the caption category that you want to use for the index entries.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/display" id="bm_id3155179" localize="false"/> <h3 id="hd_id3154195" xml-lang="en-US">Display</h3> @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155915" xml-lang="en-US">If you select “Caption Text”, the punctuation and the space at the beginning of the caption are not included in the index entry.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objnames" id="bm_id3155857" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151378" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Object names</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151378">Object names</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155863" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objnames">Creates index entries from object names.</ahelp> You can view object names in the Navigator, for example, and change them in the context menu.</paragraph> </section> </body> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp index 08a5c36805..b36fea608d 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#type_and_title"/> <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#create_index_for"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objects" id="bm_id3145416" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151174" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Create from the following objects</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151174">Create from the following objects</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153417" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objects">Select the object types that you want to include in a table of objects.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp index c287d5f99c..7ec2977cac 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp @@ -38,12 +38,12 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz27"/> </section> <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#type_and_title"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148773" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Formatting of the entries</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148773">Formatting of the entries</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/numberentries" id="bm_id3154640" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147167" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Number entries</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147167">Number entries</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154647" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/numberentries">Automatically numbers the bibliography entries.</ahelp> To set the sorting options for the numbering, click the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp">Entries</link> tab.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/brackets" id="bm_id3149290" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150759" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Brackets</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150759">Brackets</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149295" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/brackets">Select the brackets used to enclose bibliography entries.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#sort"/> </body> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp index a113bf5572..0dfa7edfb5 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp @@ -35,35 +35,35 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz37"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id31544970" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Type</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id31544970">Type</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150017" xml-lang="en-US">The types that are displayed depend on the different literature sources.</paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#structure"/> <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#tab_stop"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/authfield" id="bm_id3147168" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150570" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Type</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/authfield" id="bm_id3147168" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3150570">Type</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147175" xml-lang="en-US">Lists the available bibliography entries. <ahelp hid=".">To add an entry to the Structure line, click the entry, click in an empty box on the Structure line, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> Use the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog to add new entries.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/insert" id="bm_id3151171" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149287" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Insert</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/insert" id="bm_id3151171" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3149287">Insert</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151178" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/insert">Adds the reference code for the selected bibliography entry to the Structure line. Select an entry in the list, click in an empty box, and then click this button.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/remove" id="bm_id3149800" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154096" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Remove</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/remove" id="bm_id3149800" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3154096">Remove</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149807" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/remove">Removes the selected reference code from the Structure line.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#structure2"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154470" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Sort by</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154470">Sort by</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154482" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the sorting options for the bibliography entries.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortpos" id="bm_id3153677" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153665" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Document position</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortpos" id="bm_id3153677" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153665">Document position</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151314" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortpos">Sorts the bibliography entries according to the position of their references in the document.</ahelp> Select this option if you want to use automatically numbered references.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortcontents" id="bm_id3155902" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154576" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Content</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortcontents" id="bm_id3155902" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3154576">Content</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149687" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortcontents">Sorts the bibliography entries by the Sort keys that you specify, for example, by author or by year of publication.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155175" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Sort keys</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155175">Sort keys</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/key1lb" id="bm_id3143281" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/key2lb" id="bm_id3149481" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/key3lb" id="bm_id3149486" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143270" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">1, 2 or 3</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/key3lb" id="bm_id3149486" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3143270">1, 2 or 3</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149491" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/key3lb">Select the entry by which to sort the bibliography entries. This option is only available if you select the <emph>Content</emph> radio button in the <emph>Sort by</emph> area.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/up1cb" id="bm_id3149104" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/up2cb" id="bm_id3149108" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/up3cb" id="bm_id3147091" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149826" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">AZ</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/up3cb" id="bm_id3147091" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3149826">AZ</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147098" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/up3cb">Sorts the bibliography entries in ascending alphanumerical order.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/down1cb" id="bm_id3147221" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/down2cb" id="bm_id3147225" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/down3cb" id="bm_id3149035" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148981" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">ZA</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/down3cb" id="bm_id3149035" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3148981">ZA</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149041" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/down3cb">Sorts the bibliography entries in a descending alphanumerical order.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp index c9a2f7576d..096a9e6d38 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#litdef"/> </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151175" role="heading" level="2">Entry data</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3151175">Entry data</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145419" role="paragraph">Enter a short name and select the appropriate source type. You can now enter data into the other fields belonging for the entry.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_IDENTIFIER" id="bm_id3154107" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154097" role="heading" level="2">Short name</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154097">Short name</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145582" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the short name for the bibliography entry. You can only enter a name here if you are creating a new bibliography entry.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_AUTHOR" id="bm_id3153538" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_YEAR" id="bm_id3153666" localize="false"/> @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM4" id="bm_id3154201" localize="false"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153527" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_AUTHORITY_TYPE" id="bm_id3143277" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155185" role="heading" level="2">Type</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155185">Type</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3143283" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the source for the bibliography entry.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147091" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp">Formatting bibliography entries</link></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp index 80fd88b877..f55cdbf0b9 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp @@ -31,32 +31,32 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/BibliographyEntryDialog" id="bm_id6229048" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertAuthoritiesEntry" id="bm_id3150763" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151187" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Insert Bibliography Entry</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertAuthoritiesEntry" id="bm_id3150763" localize="false"/><h1 id="hd_id3151187">Insert Bibliography Entry</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154642" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="literaturvz"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertAuthoritiesEntry">Inserts a bibliography reference.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#inhaltsverz"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145416" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Entry</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/frombibliography" id="bm_id3147512" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3157721" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From bibliography database</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145416">Entry</h2> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/frombibliography" id="bm_id3147512" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3157721">From bibliography database</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154096" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/frombibliography">Inserts a reference from the bibliography database.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/fromdocument" id="bm_id3153529" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149805" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From document content</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/fromdocument" id="bm_id3153529" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3149805">From document content</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153536" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/fromdocument">Inserts a reference from the bibliography records that are stored in the current document.</ahelp> An entry that is stored in the document has priority over an entry that is stored in the bibliography database.</paragraph> <section id="saving_note"> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3154200" xml-lang="en-US">When you save a document that contains bibliography entries, the corresponding records are automatically saved in a hidden field in the document.</paragraph> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/entryed" id="bm_id3143284" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/entrylb" id="bm_id3149483" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143273" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Short name</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/entrylb" id="bm_id3149483" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3143273">Short name</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149490" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/entrylb">Select the short name of the bibliography record that you want to insert.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151260" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Author, Title</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151260">Author, Title</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149824" xml-lang="en-US">If available, the author and the full title of the selected short name are displayed in this area.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/insert" id="bm_id3147094" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149105" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Insert</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/insert" id="bm_id3147094" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3149105">Insert</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147100" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/insert">Inserts the bibliographic reference into the document. If you created a new record, you must also insert it as an entry, otherwise the record is lost when you close the document.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/close" id="bm_id3148983" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147216" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Close</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/close" id="bm_id3148983" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3147216">Close</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149036" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/close">Closes the dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/new" id="bm_id3147573" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153634" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">New</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/new" id="bm_id3147573" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3153634">New</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147579" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/new">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where you can create a new bibliography record. This record is only stored in the document. To add a record to the bibliography database, choose <emph>Tools - Bibliography Database</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/edit" id="bm_id3157894" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155142" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/edit" id="bm_id3157894" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3155142">Edit</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157900" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/edit">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog where you can edit the selected bibliography record.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149172" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp">Tips for working with bibliography entries</link></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp index 62bf41acc9..266a50b360 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154506"><bookmark_value>moving;objects and frames</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects;moving and resizing with keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>resizing;objects and frames, by keyboard</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW changed "objects;"</comment><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154506" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Resizing and Moving Frames, Objects With the Keyboard</paragraph> +</bookmark><comment>MW changed "objects;"</comment><h1 id="hd_id3154506">Resizing and Moving Frames, Objects With the Keyboard</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145248" xml-lang="en-US">You can resize and move selected frames and objects with the keyboard.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148771" xml-lang="en-US">To move a selected frame or object, press an arrow key. To move by one pixel, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press an arrow key.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150762" xml-lang="en-US">To resize a selected frame or object, first press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Tab</keycode>. Now one of the handles blinks to show that it is selected. To select another handle, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Tab</keycode> again. Press an arrow key to resize the object by one grid unit. To resize by one pixel, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press an arrow key.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp index e108347dde..4a1b8a0be0 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp @@ -54,18 +54,18 @@ <h2 id="hd_id3145419" xml-lang="en-US">Name</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154099" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/nameedit">Enter a name for the table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/colspin" id="bm_id3154569" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153672" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Columns</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153672">Columns</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154576" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/colspin">Enter the number of columns that you want in the table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/rowspin" id="bm_id3154470" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152954" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Rows</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152954">Rows</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154477" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/rowspin">Enter the number of rows that you want in the table.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155903" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Options</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155903">Options</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149694" xml-lang="en-US">Set the options for the table.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/headercb" id="bm_id3155181" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154198" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Heading</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154198">Heading</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155188" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/headercb">Includes a heading row in the table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/repeatcb" id="bm_id3143283" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143270" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Repeat heading rows on new pages</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3143270">Repeat heading rows on new pages</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151252" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/repeatcb">Repeats the heading of the table at the top of subsequent page if the table spans more than one page.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/repeatheaderspin" id="bm_id227973" localize="false"/> <h3 id="par_idN10754" xml-lang="en-US">Heading rows</h3> @@ -74,9 +74,9 @@ <h3 id="hd_id3149821" xml-lang="en-US">Don't split the table over pages</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149106" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/dontsplitcb">Prevents the table from spanning more than one page.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/formatlbinstable" id="bm_id3147226" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147213" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">List of table styles</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147213">List of table styles</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149036" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select a predefined style for the new table.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147575" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Icon on the Insert toolbar</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147575">Icon on the Insert toolbar</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153511" xml-lang="en-US">On the Insert toolbar, click the <emph>Table</emph> icon to open the <emph>Insert Table</emph> dialog, where you can insert a table in the current document. You can also click the arrow, drag to select the number of rows and columns to include in the table, and then click in the last cell.</paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syinsert_table"/> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp index 1d16a899eb..69b8b2cba3 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp @@ -49,26 +49,26 @@ </section> <paragraph id="par_id3153818" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">For example, if you inserting address fields in a form letter from an address database, you can then exchange the database with another address database to insert different addresses.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149130" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Exchange Databases</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149130">Exchange Databases</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154651" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can only change one database at a time in this dialog.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/inuselb" id="bm_id3149048" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3146965" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Databases in Use</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3146965">Databases in Use</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3149053" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/inuselb">Lists the databases that are currently in use.</ahelp> The current document contains at least one data field from each of the databases in the list.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/availablelb" id="bm_id3146048" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147300" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Available Databases</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147300">Available Databases</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3150533" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/availablelb">Lists the databases that are registered in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/browse" id="bm_id9902035" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="par_idN106DB" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Browse</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN106DB">Browse</h2> <paragraph id="par_idN106DF" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/browse">Opens a file open dialog to select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Available Databases list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/define" id="bm_id9902036" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149349" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Define</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149349">Define</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3145827" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/define">Replaces the current data source with the data source that you selected in the <emph>Available Databases </emph>list.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154506" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To exchange a database:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154506">To exchange a database:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3149881" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Ensure that both databases contain matching field names and field types.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp index b98c2371f3..d989d8c5c2 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/next" id="bm_id3150761" localize="false"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0903200802541770" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Jump to Next Script.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#jump_to_next_script"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154644" role="heading" level="2">Contents</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3154644">Contents</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/scripttype" id="bm_id3151177" localize="false"/> <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149294">Script Type</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145413" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/scripttype">Enter the type of script that you want to insert.</ahelp> The script is identified in the HTML source code by the tag <SCRIPT LANGUAGE="JavaScript">.</paragraph> @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153678" role="paragraph">/* ignore all text here */</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154574" role="paragraph"></SCRIPT></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/browse" id="bm_id3149692" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155903" role="heading" level="2">Browse</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155903">Browse</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154188" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/browse">Locate the script file that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/textentry" id="bm_id3149489" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/text" id="bm_id3149493" localize="false"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp index 807dd3e0fb..e693893b2a 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp @@ -43,68 +43,68 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#text_flow"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149882" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Hyphenation</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149882">Hyphenation</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150564" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the <link href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp">hyphenation</link> options for text documents.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkAuto" id="bm_id3147171" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153920" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Automatically</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153920">Automatically</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154640" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkAuto">Automatically inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkNoCaps" id="bm_id3147172" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153921" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Don't hyphenate words in CAPS</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153921">Don't hyphenate words in CAPS</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154648" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkNoCaps">Don't insert hyphens in words written entirely in capital letters.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkNoLastWord" id="bm_id3147176" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153926" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Don't hyphenate the last word</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153926">Don't hyphenate the last word</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154655" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkNoLastWord">Don't insert hyphens in the last word of paragraphs.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinLineEnd" id="bm_id3149286" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150766" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Characters at line end</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150766">Characters at line end</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149291" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinLineEnd">Enter the minimum number of characters to leave at the end of the line before a hyphen is inserted.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinLineBegin" id="bm_id3147508" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145413" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Characters at line begin</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145413">Characters at line begin</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147515" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinLineBegin">Enter the minimum number of characters that must appear at the beginning of the line after the hyphen.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinMaxNum" id="bm_id3153530" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149804" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Maximum consecutive hyphenated lines</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149804">Maximum consecutive hyphenated lines</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153536" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinMaxNum">Enter the maximum number of consecutive lines that can be hyphenated.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinMinLen" id="bm_id3153534" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149813" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Minimum word length in characters</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149813">Minimum word length in characters</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153548" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinMinLen">Enter the minimum word length in characters that can be hyphenated.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinHyphenZone" id="bm_id3153537" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149818" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Hyphenation zone</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149818">Hyphenation zone</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153549" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinHyphenZone">To reduce hyphenation, enter the length of the hyphenation zone. Instead of the possible hyphenation, the line will break between words, if the remaining horizontal space does not exceed the hyphenation zone. Hyphenation zone results in enlarged spaces between words in justified text, and greater distance from paragraph margins in non-justified text. </ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153665" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Breaks</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153665">Breaks</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154470" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the page or column <link href="text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp">break</link> options.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkInsert" id="bm_id3154567" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152957" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Insert<comment>UFI: #i30777#</comment></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154574" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkInsert">Select this check box, and then select the break type that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/comboBreakType" id="bm_id3154189" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149687" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Type</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149687">Type</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154195" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/comboBreakType">Select the break type that you want to insert.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/comboBreakPosition" id="bm_id3155180" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145766" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Position</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145766">Position</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155187" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/comboBreakPosition">Select where you want to insert the break.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkPageStyle" id="bm_id3149494" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149482" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">With Page Style</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149482">With Page Style</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143275" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkPageStyle">Select this check box, and then select the page style that you want to use for the first page after the break.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/comboPageStyle" id="bm_id3154831" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149104" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Page Style</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149104">Page Style</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154837" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/comboPageStyle">Select the formatting style to use for the first page after the break.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinPageNumber" id="bm_id3151257" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149827" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Page number</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149827">Page number</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147089" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinPageNumber">Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break. If you want to continue the current page numbering, leave the checkbox unchecked.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148978" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Options</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148978">Options</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147219" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the text flow options for paragraphs that appear before and after a page break.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkSplitPara" id="bm_id3149033" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153635" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Do not split paragraph</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153635">Do not split paragraph</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149040" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkSplitPara">Shifts the entire paragraph to the next page or column after a break is inserted.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkKeepPara" id="bm_id3152772" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147585" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Keep with next paragraph</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147585">Keep with next paragraph</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152779" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkKeepPara">Keeps the current paragraph and the following paragraph together when a break or column break is inserted.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkOrphan" id="bm_id3153356" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinOrphan" id="bm_id3153361" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Orphan control</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153345">Orphan control</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156279" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinOrphan">Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the <emph>Lines </emph>box.</ahelp> If the number of lines at the end of the page is less than the amount specified in the <emph>Lines </emph>box, the paragraph is shifted to the next page.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkWidow" id="bm_id3145780" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinWidow" id="bm_id3145784" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149180" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Widow control</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149180">Widow control</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155918" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinWidow">Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the <emph>Lines </emph>box.</ahelp> If the number of lines at the top of the page is less than the amount specified in the <emph>Lines </emph>box, the position of the break is adjusted.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset"/> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#apply"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp index c90322eaf2..1b551d3940 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp @@ -43,28 +43,28 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#drop_caps"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151388" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Settings</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151388">Settings</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_SWITCH" id="bm_id3146322" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147295" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Display drop caps</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147295">Display drop caps</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150536" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_SWITCH">Applies the drop cap settings to the selected paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_WORD" id="bm_id3145824" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155626" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Whole word</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155626">Whole word</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154554" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_WORD">Displays the first letter of the first word in the paragraph as a drop cap, and the remaining letters of the word as large type.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_DROPCAPS" id="bm_id3150020" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154505" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Number of characters</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154505">Number of characters</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149881" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_DROPCAPS">Enter the number of characters to convert to drop caps. </ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_LINES" id="bm_id3148775" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150932" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Lines</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150932">Lines</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148391" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_LINES">Enter the number of lines that you want the drop cap to extend downward from the first line of the paragraph. Shorter paragraphs will not get drop caps.</ahelp> The selection is limited to 2-9 lines.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_DISTANCE" id="bm_id3153920" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149030" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Space to text</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149030">Space to text</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153926" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_DISTANCE">Enter the amount of space to leave between the drop caps and the rest of the text in the paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153723" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Contents</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153723">Contents</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/entryEDT_TEXT" id="bm_id3147564" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154638" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Text</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154638">Text</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147569" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/entryEDT_TEXT">Enter the text that you want to display as drop caps instead of the first letters of the paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/comboBOX_TEMPLATE" id="bm_id3156321" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150763" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Character Style</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150763">Character Style</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151181" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/comboBOX_TEMPLATE">Select the formatting style that you want to apply to the drop caps.</ahelp> To use the formatting style of the current paragraph, select [None].</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#preview_field"/> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp index 8664fc3cda..23751e2ebe 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp @@ -36,49 +36,49 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#footnote"/> </section> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154646" role="heading" level="2">Footnote area</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154646">Footnote area</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151168" role="paragraph">Set the height of the footnote area.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/maxheightpage" id="bm_id3147509" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145412" role="heading" level="2">Not larger than page area</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145412">Not larger than page area</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147514" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/maxheightpage">Automatically adjusts the height of the footnote area depending on the number of footnotes.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/maxheight" id="bm_id3149801" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154099" role="heading" level="2">Maximum footnote height</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154099">Maximum footnote height</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149807" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/maxheight">Sets a maximum height for the footnote area. Enable this option, then enter the height.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/maxheightsb" id="bm_id3154482" localize="false"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154568" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/maxheightsb">Enter the maximum height for the footnote area.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/spacetotext" id="bm_id3152958" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151318" role="heading" level="2">Space to text</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151318">Space to text</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153665" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/spacetotext">Enter the amount of space to leave between the bottom page margin and the first line of text in the footnote area.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155897" role="heading" level="2">Separator Line</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155897">Separator Line</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149689" role="paragraph">Specifies the position and other properties of the separator line.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/position" id="bm_id3155177" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154194" role="heading" level="2">Position</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154194">Position</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155184" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/position">Select the horizontal alignment for the line that separates the main text from the footnote area.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/style" id="bm_id3149098" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151253" role="heading" level="2">Style</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151253">Style</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149105" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/style">Select the formatting style for the separator line. If you do not want a separator line, choose "None".</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/thickness" id="bm_id3149099" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151254" role="heading" level="2">Thickness</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151254">Thickness</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149106" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/thickness">Select the thickness of the separator line.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/color" id="bm_id3149100" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151255" role="heading" level="2">Color</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151255">Color</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149107" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/color">Select the color of the separator line.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/length" id="bm_id3149492" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3143284" role="heading" level="2">Length</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3143284">Length</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154827" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/length">Enter the length of the separator line as a percentage of the page width area.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/spacingtocontents" id="bm_id3147098" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149828" role="heading" level="2">Spacing to footnote contents</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149828">Spacing to footnote contents</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148970" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/spacingtocontents">Enter the amount of space to leave between the separator line and the first line of the footnote area.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155145" role="tip">To specify the spacing between two footnotes, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab.</paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp index 6e5e4ad316..444474ea95 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp @@ -37,34 +37,34 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#footnotes_endnotes"/> </section> <h2 id="hd_id3153538" xml-lang="en-US">Footnotes</h2> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntattextend" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154572" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3154480" xml-lang="en-US">Collect at end of text</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntattextend" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154572" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3154480">Collect at end of text</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151309" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntattextend" visibility="visible">Adds footnotes at the end of the section. If the section spans more than one page, the footnotes are added to the bottom of the page on which the footnote anchors appear.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntnum" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153671" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3152960" xml-lang="en-US">Restart numbering</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntnum" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153671" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3152960">Restart numbering</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153677" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntnum" visibility="visible">Restarts the footnote numbering at the number that you specify.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnoffset" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154190" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3149688" xml-lang="en-US">Start at</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnoffset" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154190" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3149688">Start at</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154196" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnoffset" visibility="visible">Enter the number that you want to assign the footnote.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnnntnumfmt" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3143277" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3155185" xml-lang="en-US">Custom format</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnnntnumfmt" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3143277" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3155185">Custom format</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3143283"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntnumfmt" visibility="visible">Specifies a custom numbering format for footnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is selected.</paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnprefix" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149821" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3151258" xml-lang="en-US">Before</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnprefix" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149821" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3151258">Before</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149827" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnprefix" visibility="visible">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the footnote number.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnnumviewbox" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154839" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3154827" xml-lang="en-US">Spin button own format</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnnumviewbox" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154839" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3154827">Spin button own format</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147092" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnnumviewbox" visibility="visible">Select the numbering scheme for the footnotes.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnsuffix" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147215" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3148975" xml-lang="en-US">After</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnsuffix" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147215" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3148975">After</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147221" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnsuffix" visibility="visible">Enter the text that you want to display after the footnote number.</ahelp></paragraph> <h2 id="hd_id3149044" xml-lang="en-US">Endnotes</h2> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntattextend" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147579" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3153639" xml-lang="en-US">Collect at end of section</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntattextend" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147579" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153639">Collect at end of section</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147585" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntattextend" visibility="visible">Adds endnotes at the end of the section.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnum" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155145" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3152780" xml-lang="en-US">Restart numbering</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnum" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155145" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3152780">Restart numbering</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnum" visibility="visible">Restarts the endnote numbering at the number that you specify.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endoffset" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149178" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3149166" xml-lang="en-US">Start at</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endoffset" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149178" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3149166">Start at</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156270" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endoffset" visibility="visible">Enter the number that you want to assign the endnote.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnumfmt" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3151040" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3151027" xml-lang="en-US">Custom format</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnumfmt" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3151040" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3151027">Custom format</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3145776"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnumfmt" visibility="visible">Specifies a custom numbering format for endnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if you the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is selected.</paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endprefix" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155915" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3151383" xml-lang="en-US">Before</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endprefix" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155915" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3151383">Before</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155921" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endprefix" visibility="visible">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the endnote number</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endnumviewbox" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150118" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3150699" xml-lang="en-US">Spin button own format</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endnumviewbox" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150118" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3150699">Spin button own format</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150123" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endnumviewbox" visibility="visible">Select the numbering scheme for the endnotes.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endsuffix" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147419" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3155871" xml-lang="en-US">After</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endsuffix" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147419" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3155871">After</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147425" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endsuffix" visibility="visible">Enter the text that you want to display after the endnote number.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp index 5f95ac1833..cb49c21b38 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp @@ -42,28 +42,28 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/radioRB_NOGRID" id="bm_id3145579" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/radioRB_LINESGRID" id="bm_id3145584" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/radioRB_CHARSGRID" id="bm_id3145588" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154101" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Grid</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154101">Grid</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149805" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/radioRB_CHARSGRID">Adds or removes a text grid for lines or characters to the current page style.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153537" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Grid layout</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153537">Grid layout</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinNF_LINESPERPAGE" id="bm_id3154570" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154478" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Lines per page</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154478">Lines per page</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151308" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinNF_LINESPERPAGE">Enter the maximum number of lines that you want on a page.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinNF_CHARSPERLINE" id="bm_id3153668" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152957" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Characters per line</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152957">Characters per line</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153674" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinNF_CHARSPERLINE">Enter the maximum number of characters that you want on a line.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinMF_TEXTSIZE" id="bm_id3149696" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149684" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Max. base text size</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149684">Max. base text size</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154193" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinMF_TEXTSIZE">Enter the maximum base text size. A large value results in less characters per line.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinMF_RUBYSIZE" id="bm_id3143276" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155182" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Max. Ruby text size</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155182">Max. Ruby text size</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143283" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinMF_RUBYSIZE">Enter the font size for the Ruby text.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/checkCB_RUBYBELOW" id="bm_id3151259" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149496" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Ruby text below/left from base text</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149496">Ruby text below/left from base text</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149816" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/checkCB_RUBYBELOW">Displays Ruby text to the left of or below the base text.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/checkCB_DISPLAY" id="bm_id3154828" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/checkCB_PRINT" id="bm_id3154832" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/listLB_COLOR" id="bm_id3154836" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149100" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Grid display</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149100">Grid display</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147089" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/listLB_COLOR">Specifies the printing and color options of the text grid.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp index 2ccd595c84..473d227f48 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp @@ -42,10 +42,10 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#wrap"/> </section> <paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3151249" xml-lang="en-US">To wrap text around a table, place the table in a frame, and then wrap the text around the frame.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154829" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Settings</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154829">Settings</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapOff" id="bm_id3148982" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/none" id="bm_id3147090" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148971" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">None</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148971">None</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147100" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="keinumlauftext"><ahelp hid=".">Places the object on a separate line in the document. The Text in the document appears above and below the object, but not on the sides of the object.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3152738"> @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapLeft" id="bm_id3148983" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/before" id="bm_id3149164" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153351" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Before</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153351">Before</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149171" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Wraps text on the left side of the object if there is enough space.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3151031"> <tablerow> @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapRight" id="bm_id3148984" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/after" id="bm_id3150694" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155870" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">After</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155870">After</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150700" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Wraps text on the right side of the object if there is enough space.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3147426"> <tablerow> @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapOn" id="bm_id3149224" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/parallel" id="bm_id3149228" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149213" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Parallel</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149213">Parallel</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147740" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="seitenumlauftext"><ahelp hid=".">Wraps text on all four sides of the border frame of the object.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3146337"> @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapThrough" id="bm_id622670" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/through" id="bm_id3151096" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151081" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Through</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151081">Through</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154089" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="durchlauftext"><ahelp hid=".">Places the object in front of the text.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3145320"> @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/optimal" id="bm_id3150463" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapIdeal" id="bm_id3150462" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150451" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Optimal</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150451">Optimal</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154716" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="dynamischertext"><ahelp hid=".">Automatically wraps text to the left, to the right, or on all four sides of the border frame of the object. If the distance between the object and the page margin is less than 2 cm, the text is not wrapped. </ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3156129"> @@ -149,41 +149,41 @@ </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146940" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Options</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146940">Options</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146953" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the text wrap options.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/anchoronly" id="bm_id3153240" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapAnchorOnly" id="bm_id3154324" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153229" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">First Paragraph</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153229">First Paragraph</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154333" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="ersterabsatztext"><ahelp hid=".">Starts a new paragraph below the object after you press Enter.</ahelp> The space between the paragraphs is determined by the size of the object. </variable></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/transparent" id="bm_id3150086" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapThroughTransparent" id="bm_id7503356" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148790" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">In Background</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148790">In Background</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150100" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="hintergrundtext"><ahelp hid=".">Moves the selected object to the background. This option is only available if you selected the<emph> Through</emph> wrap type.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/outline" id="bm_id3149369" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapContour" id="bm_id3149372" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149358" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Contour</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149358">Contour</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155793" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="konturtext"><ahelp hid=".">Wraps text around the shape of the object. This option is not available for the <emph>Through</emph> wrap type, or for frames.</ahelp> To change the contour of an object, select the object, and then choose <emph>Format - Wrap - </emph><link href="text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp"><emph>Edit Contour</emph></link>. </variable></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/outside" id="bm_id3154632" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154620" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Outside only</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154620">Outside only</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147377" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/outside">Wraps text only around the contour of the object, but not in open areas within the object shape.</ahelp> This option is not available for frames.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154621" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Allow overlap</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154621">Allow overlap</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147378" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/allowoverlap">Specifies whether the object is allowed to overlap another object.</ahelp> This option has no effect on wrap through objects, which can always overlap.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147397" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Gaps</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147397">Gaps</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149637" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the amount of space to leave between the selected object and the text.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/left" id="bm_id3150671" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150659" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Left</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150659">Left</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150678" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/left">Enter the amount of space that you want between the left edge of the object and the text.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/right" id="bm_id3149949" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154032" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Right</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154032">Right</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149956" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/right">Enter the amount of space that you want between the right edge of the object and the text.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/top" id="bm_id3147277" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149974" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Top</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149974">Top</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147284" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/top">Enter the amount of space that you want between the top edge of the object and the text.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/bottom" id="bm_id3149621" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149609" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Bottom</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149609">Bottom</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157884" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/bottom">Enter the amount of space that you want between the bottom edge of the object and the text.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp index 7a56cc0f8d..236ceddebd 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/FloatingContour" id="bm_id3151318" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ContourDialog" id="bm_id3154564" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153539" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Contour Editor</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3153539">Contour Editor</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153677" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="konturtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:ContourDialog">Changes the contour of the selected object. $[officename] uses the contour when determining the <link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp">text wrap</link> options for the object.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/container" id="bm_id3155903" localize="false"/> @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#kontureditor"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_APPLY" id="bm_id3155178" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159195" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Apply</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159195">Apply</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155184" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_APPLY">Applies the contour to the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3149495"> <tablerow> @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_WORKPLACE" id="bm_id3147102" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147091" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Workspace</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147091">Workspace</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147217" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_WORKPLACE">Deletes the custom contour. Click here, and then click in the preview area.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3153637"> <tablerow> @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_SELECT" id="bm_id3149181" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149170" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Select</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149170">Select</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156270" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_SELECT">Changes to selection mode, so that you can select the contour.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3151029"> <tablerow> @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_RECT" id="bm_id3150690" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155868" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Rectangle</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155868">Rectangle</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150696" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_RECT">Draws a rectangular contour where you drag in the object preview. To draw a square, hold down Shift while you drag.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3147424"> <tablerow> @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_CIRCLE" id="bm_id3150552" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155980" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Ellipse</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155980">Ellipse</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150558" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_CIRCLE">Draws an oval contour where you drag in the object preview.</ahelp> To draw a circle, hold down shift while you drag.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3149228"> <tablerow> @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLY" id="bm_id3154769" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148443" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Polygon</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148443">Polygon</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154774" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLY">Draws a closed contour consisting of straight line segments. Click where you want to start the polygon, and drag to draw a line segment. Click again to define the end of the line segment, and continue clicking to define the remaining line segments of the polygon. Double-click to finish drawing the polygon. To constrain the polygon to angles of 45 degree, hold down Shift when you click.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3151089"> <tablerow> @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYEDIT" id="bm_id3156106" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156096" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit Points</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156096">Edit Points</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156112" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYEDIT">Lets you change the shape of the contour. Click here, and then drag the handles of the contour.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3145342"> <tablerow> @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYMOVE" id="bm_id3150919" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150909" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Move Points</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150909">Move Points</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150925" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYMOVE">Lets you drag the handles of the contour to change the shape of the contour.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3155088"> <tablerow> @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYINSERT" id="bm_id3150097" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150086" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Insert Points</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150086">Insert Points</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150103" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYINSERT">Inserts a handle that you can drag to change the shape of the contour. Click here, and then click on the contour outline.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3148793"> <tablerow> @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYDELETE" id="bm_id3154618" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153136" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delete Points</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153136">Delete Points</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154624" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYDELETE">Removes a point from the contour outline. Click here, and then click the point that you want to delete.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3147380"> <tablerow> @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_AUTOCONTOUR" id="bm_id3149960" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149949" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Auto Contour</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149949">Auto Contour</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149966" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_AUTOCONTOUR">Automatically draws a contour around the object that you can edit.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3147277"> <tablerow> @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_UNDO" id="bm_id3148716" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148705" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Undo</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148705">Undo</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148722" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_UNDO">Reverses the last action.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3155345"> <tablerow> @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_REDO" id="bm_id3154213" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3157907" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Redo</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3157907">Redo</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154219" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_REDO">Reverses the action of the last <emph>Undo </emph>command.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3155773"> <tablerow> @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_PIPETTE" id="bm_id3145092" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153212" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Color Replacer</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153212">Color Replacer</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145098" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_PIPETTE">Selects the parts of the bitmap that are the same color. Click here, and then click a color in the bitmap. To increase the color range that is selected, increase the value in the <emph>Tolerance</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3146880"> <tablerow> @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/spinbutton" id="bm_id3154729" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149398" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Tolerance</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149398">Tolerance</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154735" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the color tolerance for the Color Replacer as a percentage. To increase the color range that the Color Replacer selects, enter a high percentage.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp#wrap"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp index 2dde019d36..f894952dbf 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#grafik1"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154191" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Flip</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154191">Flip</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FlipHorizontal" id="bm_id8328881" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/vert" id="bm_id3155185" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155174" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Vertically<comment>see bug 106420;Writer uses VERT for HOR and HORZ for VERT</comment></paragraph> @@ -47,26 +47,26 @@ </variable></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FlipVertical" id="bm_id9859908" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/hori" id="bm_id3151251" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154829" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Horizontally</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154829">Horizontally</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151261" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="horizontaltext"><ahelp hid=".">Flips the selected image horizontally.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/allpages" id="bm_id3148979" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147101" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">On all pages</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147101">On all pages</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147212" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/allpages">Flips the selected image horizontally on all pages.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/leftpages" id="bm_id3153644" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153632" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">On left pages</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153632">On left pages</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149037" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/leftpages">Flips the selected image horizontally only on even pages.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/rightpages" id="bm_id3152769" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147580" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">On right pages</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147580">On right pages</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152775" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/rightpages">Flips the selected image horizontally only on odd pages.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#preview_field"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153349" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Link</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153349">Link</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149164" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the image as a link.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/entry" id="bm_id3156272" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149178" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">File name</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149178">File name</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156278" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/entry">Displays the path to the linked graphic file. To change the link, click the <emph>Browse</emph> button and then locate the file that you want to link to.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/browse" id="bm_id3145786" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145776" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Browse</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145776">Browse</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151373" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/browse">Locate the new graphic file that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155855" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/05240000.xhp">Format - Flip</link></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp index 1d8609c8c2..52bf5fe9d4 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#graphics_macro"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/eventassignpage/assignments" id="bm_id9825434" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147176" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Event</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147176">Event</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147564" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/eventassignpage/assignments">Lists the events that can trigger a macro.</ahelp> Only the events that are relevant to the selected object are listed.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149286" xml-lang="en-US">The following table lists the object types and the events that can trigger a macro:</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3151173"> @@ -359,20 +359,20 @@ </table> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3159203" xml-lang="en-US">For events that are linked to controls in forms, see <link href="text/shared/02/01170103.xhp">Control properties</link> or <link href="text/shared/02/01170202.xhp">Form properties</link>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156030" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Assigned Action</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156030">Assigned Action</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156043" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the macro that executes when the selected event occurs.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156058" xml-lang="en-US">Frames allow you to link certain events to a function that then decides if the event is handled by $[officename] Writer or by the function. See the $[officename] Basic Help for more information.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/eventassignpage/libraries" id="bm_id4656819" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149271" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Macro From</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149271">Macro From</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149284" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/eventassignpage/libraries">Lists the $[officename] program and any open $[officename] document.</ahelp> Within this list, select the location where you want to pick the macro from.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/eventassignpage/macros" id="bm_id3767815" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156441" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Existing Macros</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3156441">Existing Macros</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148458" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/eventassignpage/macros">Lists the available macros. Select the macro that you want to assign to the selected event, and then click <emph>Assign</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/eventassignpage/assign" id="bm_id3767816" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145173" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Assign</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145173">Assign</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145197" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/eventassignpage/assign">Assigns the selected macro to the selected event.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/eventassignpage/delete" id="bm_id3767817" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150811" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Remove</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150811">Remove</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150882" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="aufheb"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/eventassignpage/delete">Removes the macro assignment from the selected entry.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp index 49d8639236..fd3707d6a1 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp @@ -41,27 +41,27 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#grahyper"/> </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155180" role="heading" level="2">Link to</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155180">Link to</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3143275" role="paragraph">Set the link properties.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/url" id="bm_id3154825" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149485" role="heading" level="2">URL</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149485">URL</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154831" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/url">Enter the complete path to the file that you want to open.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/search" id="bm_id3149103" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151260" role="heading" level="2">Browse</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151260">Browse</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149109" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/search">Locate the file that you want the hyperlink to open, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp> The target file can be on your machine or on an <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#ftp">FTP server</link> in the Internet.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/name" id="bm_id3148983" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148972" role="heading" level="2">Name</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148972">Name</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147217" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/name">Enter a name for the hyperlink.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/frame" id="bm_id3149035" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153636" role="heading" level="2">Frame</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153636">Frame</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149042" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/frame">Specify the name of the frame where you want to open the targeted file.</ahelp> The predefined target frame names are described <link href="text/shared/01/05020400.xhp#targets">here</link>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152772" role="heading" level="2">Image Map</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3152772">Image Map</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155138" role="paragraph">Select the type of <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#imagemap">ImageMap</link> that you want to use. The ImageMap settings override the hyperlink settings that you enter on this page.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/server" id="bm_id3149170" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153357" role="heading" level="2">Server-side image map</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153357">Server-side image map</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149176" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/server">Uses a server-side image map.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/client" id="bm_id3151029" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156278" role="heading" level="2">Client-side image map</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156278">Client-side image map</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151036" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/client">Uses the <link href="text/shared/01/02220000.xhp">image map</link> that you created for the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151380" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#url">URL</link></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp index 796a2242d7..362331020e 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp @@ -40,48 +40,48 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#tabformat"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154560" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Properties</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154560">Properties</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/name" id="bm_id3150019" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149881" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Name</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149881">Name</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145244" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/name">Enter an internal name for the table. You can use this name to quickly locate the table in the Navigator.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/widthmf" id="bm_id3148773" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150567" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Width</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150567">Width</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149026" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/widthmf">Enter the width of the table.</ahelp> This check box is only available if the <emph>Automatic</emph> option in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area is not selected.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/relwidth" id="bm_id3150764" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154644" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Relative</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154644">Relative</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151183" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/relwidth">Displays the width of the table as a percentage of the page width.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151168" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Alignment</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151168">Alignment</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145412" xml-lang="en-US">Set the alignment options for the selected table.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/full" id="bm_id3154101" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147511" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Automatic</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147511">Automatic</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154108" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/full">Extends the table horizontally to the left and to the right page margins.</ahelp> This is the recommended setting for tables in HTML documents.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/left" id="bm_id3153533" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149807" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Left</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149807">Left</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153540" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/left">Aligns the left edge of the table to the left page margin.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/fromleft" id="bm_id3153666" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151311" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Left margin</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151311">Left margin</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153672" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/fromleft">Aligns the left edge of the table to the indent that you enter in the <emph>Left </emph>box in the <emph>Spacing </emph>area.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/right" id="bm_id3154480" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150982" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Right</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150982">Right</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154567" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/right">Aligns the right edge of the table to the right page margin.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/center" id="bm_id3149689" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155899" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Centered</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155899">Centered</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149696" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/center">Centers the table horizontally on the page.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/free" id="bm_id3159201" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159188" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Manual</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3159188">Manual</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155180" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/free">Horizontally aligns the table based on the values that you enter in the <emph>Left</emph> and <emph>Right</emph> boxes in the<emph> Spacing</emph> area.</ahelp> $[officename] automatically calculates the table width. Select this option if you want to specify the individual <link href="text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp">column widths</link>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149824" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Spacing</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149824">Spacing</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/leftmf" id="bm_id3154829" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149102" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Left</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149102">Left</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154836" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/leftmf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left page margin and the edge of the table.</ahelp> This option is not available if the <emph>Automatic </emph>or the <emph>Left</emph> option is selected in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/rightmf" id="bm_id3147214" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147094" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Right</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147094">Right</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147220" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/rightmf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the right page margin and the edge of the table.</ahelp> This option is not available if the <emph>Automatic </emph>or the <emph>Right</emph> option is selected in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/abovemf" id="bm_id3147587" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147576" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Above</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147576">Above</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152771" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/abovemf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the table and the text above the table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/belowmf" id="bm_id3145757" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155142" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Below</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155142">Below</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145763" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/belowmf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the bottom edge of the table and the text below the table.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3145782" xml-lang="en-US">To insert a paragraph before a table at the beginning of a document, header or footer, place the cursor before any content in the first cell, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/01/05030700.xhp#textflow"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp index 30e018d884..90278e6da5 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp @@ -40,15 +40,15 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#spaltentab"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptwidth" id="bm_id3154273" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147510" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Adapt table width</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147510">Adapt table width</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154280" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptwidth">Reduces or increases table width with modified column width.</ahelp> This option is not available if <emph>Automatic</emph> alignment or <emph>Relative</emph> width is selected on the <emph>Table </emph>tab, or if any table rows have been selected.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptcolumns" id="bm_id3149809" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145587" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Adjust columns proportionally</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145587">Adjust columns proportionally</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153530" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptcolumns">Change all the other column widths by the same percentage as the one being changed.</ahelp> For example, if you reduce by half the size of a column, the sizes of all the other columns will be halved. This option requires that <emph>Adapt table width</emph> can be enabled.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/space" id="bm_id3154564" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150349" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Remaining space</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150349">Remaining space</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154571" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/space">Displays the amount of space that is available for adjusting the width of the columns. To set the width of the table, click the <emph>Table </emph>tab.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154476" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Column width</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154476">Column width</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150976" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the column widths for the table.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width1" id="bm_id3149690" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width2" id="bm_id3149694" localize="false"/> @@ -56,13 +56,13 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width4" id="bm_id3154193" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width5" id="bm_id3154197" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width6" id="bm_id3154202" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155899" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Column widths</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155899">Column widths</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159193" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width6">Enter the width that you want for the column.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/back" id="bm_id3149487" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155182" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Left Arrow</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155182">Left Arrow</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149494" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/back">Displays the table columns found to the left of the current column.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/next" id="bm_id3149826" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149814" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Right Arrow</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149814">Right Arrow</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149099" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/next">Displays the table columns found to the right of the current column.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp#tabelle_tastatur"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp index e2e25bf28f..8b1d098d53 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154506" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="tabelle_tastatur"><link href="text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp">Editing Tables Using the Keyboard</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145244" xml-lang="en-US">You can resize and delete table columns with the keyboard.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150564" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Resizing Columns and Rows</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150564">Resizing Columns and Rows</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153920" xml-lang="en-US">To resize a column, place the cursor in a table cell, hold down Alt, and then press the left or the right arrow. To resize the column without changing the width of the table, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrows.</paragraph> @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149286" xml-lang="en-US">To move the table downwards on the page, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, and then press the down arrow.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151176" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Inserting and deleting columns or rows</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151176">Inserting and deleting columns or rows</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147512" xml-lang="en-US">To insert a column, place the cursor in a table cell, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and press Insert, release, and then press the left or the right arrow.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp index c8c4cf537a..fc51f96c44 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp @@ -47,49 +47,49 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#tabelletextfluss"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153920" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Text flow</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153920">Text flow</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/break" id="bm_id3147174" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153720" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Break</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153720">Break</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154643" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/break">Select this check box, and then select the type of break that you want to associate with the table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/page" id="bm_id3147567" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151183" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Page</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151183">Page</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149286" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/page">Inserts a page break before or after the table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/column" id="bm_id3154479" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150981" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Column</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150981">Column</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151310" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/column">Inserts a column break before or after the table on a multi-column page.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/before" id="bm_id3149689" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155898" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Before</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155898">Before</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149695" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/before">Inserts a page or column break before the table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/after" id="bm_id3159201" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159189" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">After</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3159189">After</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155179" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/after">Inserts a page or column break after the table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagestyle" id="bm_id3143276" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149490" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">With Page Style</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149490">With Page Style</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143282" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagestyle">Applies the page style that you specify to the first page that follows the page break.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagestylelb" id="bm_id3151258" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154839" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Page Style</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154839">Page Style</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149098" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagestylelb">Select the page style that you want to apply to the first page that follows the break.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagenonf" id="bm_id3148972" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149819" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Page number</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149819">Page number</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148978" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagenonf">Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break. If you want to continue the current page numbering, leave the checkbox unchecked.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/split" id="bm_id3147221" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147100" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Allow table to split across pages and columns</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147100">Allow table to split across pages and columns</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153629" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/split">Allows a page break or column break between the rows of a table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/splitrow" id="bm_id3669240" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:RowSplit" id="bm_id6725669" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN108D6" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Allow row to break across pages and columns</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN108D6">Allow row to break across pages and columns</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN108DA" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/splitrow">Allows a page break or column break inside a row of the table.</ahelp> This option is not applied to the first row in a table if the <emph>Repeat Heading</emph> option is selected.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/keep" id="bm_id3149046" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149034" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Keep with next paragraph</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149034">Keep with next paragraph</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147577" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/keep">Keeps the table and the following paragraph together when you insert the break.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/headline" id="bm_id3155137" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152772" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Repeat heading</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152772">Repeat heading</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153350" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/headline">Repeats the table heading on a new page when the table spans more than one page.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/repeatheadernf" id="bm_id3560289" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1091C" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">The first ... rows</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1091C">The first ... rows</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10920" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/repeatheadernf">Enter the number of rows to include in the heading.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/textorientation" id="bm_id2659993" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10940" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Text orientation</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10940">Text orientation</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10944" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/textorientation">Select the orientation for the text in the cells.</ahelp> You can use the following formatting options to specify the orientation of text in table cells:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/vertorient" id="bm_id3262733" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151028" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Vertical alignment</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151028">Vertical alignment</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149164" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/vertorient">Specify the vertical text alignment for the cells in the table.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#table_repeat_multiple_headers"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp index 38b7f1dba1..0efbaefd62 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp @@ -33,18 +33,18 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SetColumnWidth" id="bm_id7860324" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/ColumnWidthDialog" id="bm_id3149875" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150345" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Column Width</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3150345">Column Width</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149503" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="breitetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:SetColumnWidth">Changes the width of the selected column(s).</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#breites"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3083452" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Width</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3083452">Width</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/column" id="bm_id3149350" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146323" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Columns</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3146323">Columns</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145822" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/column">Enter the column number of the column you want to change the width of.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/width" id="bm_id3150019" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154502" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Width</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154502">Width</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149880" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/width">Enter the width that you want for the selected column(s).</ahelp><comment>removed 2 sentences, see #i64155</comment></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp index 6c7b8955c2..b697fd9e7b 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1058C" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Inserts a row into the table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertColumnDialog" id="bm_id3149874" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A7" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Inserts a column into the table.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148489" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Insert Columns/Rows</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3148489">Insert Columns/Rows</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151241" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="einfuegentext">Inserts a row or column into the table. This command is only available when the cursor is in a table. </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> @@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/insertrowcolumn/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3156311" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/insertrowcolumn/insert_number" id="bm_id3156311" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3083447" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Insert</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150016" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Number</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3083447">Insert</h2> +<h3 id="hd_id3150016">Number</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155626" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertrowcolumn/insert_number">Enter the number of columns or rows that you want.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145829" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Position</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145829">Position</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154504" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies where to insert the columns or rows.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/insertrowcolumn/insert_before" id="bm_id3156312" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150015" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Before</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150015">Before</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150564" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertrowcolumn/insert_before">Adds new columns to the left of the current column, or adds new rows above the current row.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/insertrowcolumn/insert_after" id="bm_id3156313" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149024" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">After</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149024">After</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153718" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertrowcolumn/insert_after">Adds new columns to the right of the current column, or adds new rows below the current row.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05150104.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05150104.xhp index 46418a5b44..dafc21230e 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05150104.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05150104.xhp @@ -30,10 +30,10 @@ </history> </meta> <body> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154502" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Combine</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3154502">Combine</h1> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/percentdialog/PercentDialog" id="bm_id9093905" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/percentdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id9093905" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150020" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Minimum Size</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150020">Minimum Size</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145241" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/percentdialog/PercentDialog">Enter the minimum length for combining single-lined paragraphs as a percentage of the page width.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp index 20c5d62bf5..377019a637 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp @@ -37,13 +37,13 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#autoformat3"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/queryredlinedialog/ok" id="bm_id3149022" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148775" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Accept All</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148775">Accept All</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149029" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/queryredlinedialog/ok">Applies all of the formatting changes.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/queryredlinedialog/cancel" id="bm_id3147173" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153722" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Reject All</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153722">Reject All</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149711" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/queryredlinedialog/cancel">Rejects all of the formatting changes.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/queryredlinedialog/edit" id="bm_id3147564" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150756" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit Changes</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150756">Edit Changes</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147570" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/queryredlinedialog/edit">Opens a dialog where you can accept or reject AutoCorrect changes. You can also view the changes made by a specific author or on a specific date.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151184" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/02230402.xhp">Manage Changes, Filter tab</link></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp index 110f348763..ff46aba252 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp @@ -44,18 +44,18 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#tabauf"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149351" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Mode</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149351">Mode</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/splittable/copyheading" id="bm_id3153002" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154554" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Copy heading</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154554">Copy heading</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154503" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/splittable/copyheading">Includes the first row of the original table as the first row of the second table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/splittable/customheadingapplystyle" id="bm_id3145247" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149880" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Custom heading (apply style)</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149880">Custom heading (apply style)</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148389" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/splittable/customheadingapplystyle">Inserts a blank header row in the second table that is formatted with the style of the first row in the original table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/splittable/customheading" id="bm_id3148775" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150568" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Custom heading</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150568">Custom heading</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149027" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/splittable/customheading">Inserts an additional blank row in the second table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/splittable/noheading" id="bm_id3147173" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153720" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">No heading</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153720">No heading</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156318" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/splittable/noheading">Splits the table without copying the header row.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="warning" id="par_id3145411" xml-lang="en-US">When you split a table that contains formulas, the formulas may be affected.</paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp index 7c198be199..675930e0c7 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp @@ -41,46 +41,46 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#texttabelle"/> </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150015" xml-lang="en-US">The options available in this dialog depending on the type of conversion.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145247" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Separate text at</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145247">Separate text at</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148388" xml-lang="en-US">A separator, such as a tab, marks the column boundaries in the selected text. Each paragraph in the selection is converted into a row in the table. Similarly, when you convert a table into text, the column markers are changed to the character that you specify, and each row is converted into a separate paragraph.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/tabs" id="bm_id3166468" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150936" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Tabs</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150936">Tabs</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149027" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/tabs">Converts the text to a table using tabs as column markers.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/semicolons" id="bm_id3153722" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147171" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Semicolons</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147171">Semicolons</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147565" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/semicolons">Converts the text to a table using semi-colons (;) as column markers.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/paragraph" id="bm_id3154638" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151273" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Paragraph</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151273">Paragraph</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154645" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/paragraph">Converts the text to a table using paragraphs as column markers.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/other" id="bm_id3153151" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151184" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Other:</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151184">Other:</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150256" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/other">Converts the text to a table using the character that you type in the box as a column marker.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/othered" id="bm_id3151168" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149295" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Text box</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149295">Text box</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151175" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/othered">Type the character that you want to use as a column marker.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/keepcolumn" id="bm_id3154273" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147508" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Equal width for all columns</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147508">Equal width for all columns</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154278" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/keepcolumn">Creates columns of equal width, regardless of the position of the column marker.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/autofmt" id="bm_id3152939" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150703" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">AutoFormat</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150703">AutoFormat</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id31542781" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>AutoFormat</emph> dialog, where you can select a predefined layout for table.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154097" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Options</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154097">Options</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/headingcb" id="bm_id3153528" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149802" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Heading</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149802">Heading</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153535" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/headingcb">Formats the first row of the new table as a heading.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/repeatheading" id="bm_id3152962" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150359" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Repeat heading</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150359">Repeat heading</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150973" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/repeatheading">Repeats the table header on each page that the table spans.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/repeatheaderssb" id="bm_id6823328" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id5971251" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">The first ... rows</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id5971251">The first ... rows</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4136478" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Repeats the first n rows as a header.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/dontsplitcb" id="bm_id3147524" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151315" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Don't split table</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151315">Don't split table</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147530" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/dontsplitcb">Does not divide the table across pages.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/bordercb" id="bm_id3149123" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154472" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Border</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154472">Border</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154570" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/bordercb">Adds a border to the table and the table cells.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp index 48f41ab73c..e2cd351b8f 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp @@ -38,30 +38,30 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:TableSort" id="bm_id6670125" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/SortDialog" id="bm_id66701251" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149353" role="heading" level="1">Sort</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3149353">Sort</h1> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150015" role="paragraph"><variable id="sort"><ahelp hid=".uno:SortDialog">Sorts the selected paragraphs or table rows alphabetically or numerically.</ahelp> You can define up to three sort keys as well as combine alphanumeric and numeric sort keys. </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#sortieren"/> </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150931" role="heading" level="2">Sort criteria</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3150931">Sort criteria</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/key1" id="bm_id3153926" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/key2" id="bm_id3166462" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/key3" id="bm_id3166466" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149029" role="heading" level="2">Keys 1 to 3</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149029">Keys 1 to 3</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147170" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/key3">Specifies additional sorting criteria. You can also combine sort keys.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/colsb1" id="bm_id3156318" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/colsb2" id="bm_id3156322" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/colsb3" id="bm_id3154638" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147565" role="heading" level="2">Column 1 to 3</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147565">Column 1 to 3</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154644" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/colsb3">Enter the number of the table column that you want to use as a basis for sorting.</ahelp></paragraph><comment>removed a para</comment> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/typelb1" id="bm_id3149286" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/typelb2" id="bm_id3149289" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/typelb3" id="bm_id3149292" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150254" role="heading" level="2">Key type 1 to 3</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150254">Key type 1 to 3</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149752" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/typelb3">Select the sorting option that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151177" role="heading" level="2">Order</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id072020090105453" role="heading" level="3">Ascending</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3151177">Order</h2> + <h3 id="hd_id072020090105453">Ascending</h3> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/up1" id="bm_id3147506" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/up2" id="bm_id3147509" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/up3" id="bm_id3147513" localize="false"/> @@ -69,32 +69,32 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/down1" id="bm_id3154101" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/down2" id="bm_id3154104" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/down3" id="bm_id3152938" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150708" role="heading" level="2">Descending</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150708">Descending</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152946" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/down3">Sorts in descending order (for example, 9, 8, 7 or z, y, x).</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149812" role="heading" level="2">Direction</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3149812">Direction</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/columns" id="bm_id3152962" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153540" role="heading" level="2">Columns</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153540">Columns</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150973" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/columns">Sorts the columns in the table according to the current sort options.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/rows" id="bm_id3153670" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147526" role="heading" level="2">Rows</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147526">Rows</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153677" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/rows">Sorts the rows in the table or the paragraphs in the selection according to the current sort options.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151312" role="heading" level="2">Separator</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3151312">Separator</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150350" role="paragraph">Paragraphs are separated by nonprinting paragraph marks. You can also specify that tabs or a character act as separators when you sort paragraphs.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/tabs" id="bm_id3155896" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154570" role="heading" level="2">Tabs</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154570">Tabs</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155902" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/tabs">If the selected paragraphs correspond to a list separated by tabs, select this option.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/character" id="bm_id3154201" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/separator" id="bm_id3159190" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154190" role="heading" level="2">Character</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154190">Character</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159196" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/separator">Enter the character that you want to use as a separator in the selected area.</ahelp> By using the separator, $[officename] can determine the position of the sorting key in the selected paragraph.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/delimpb" id="bm_id3151335" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151324" role="heading" level="2">Select</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151324">Select</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155178" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/delimpb">Opens the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialog, where you can select the character that you want to use as a separator.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/langlb" id="bm_id3149494" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149482" role="heading" level="2">Language</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149482">Language</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151252" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/langlb">Select the language that defines the sorting rules.</ahelp> Some languages sort special characters differently than other languages.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/matchcase" id="bm_id3154832" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149104" role="heading" level="2">Match case</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149104">Match case</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154838" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/matchcase">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters when you sort a table. For Asian languages special handling applies.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10895" role="note">For Asian languages, select <emph>Match case </emph>to apply multi-level collation. In the multi-level collation, the primitive forms of the entries are first compared with the cases of the forms and diacritics ignored. If the forms are the same, the diacritics of the forms are compared. If the forms are still the same, the cases, character widths, and Japanese Kana differences of the forms are compared.<comment>UFI: see #112590# and #112507#</comment></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp index a3b03ed4db..ce298f31a9 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp @@ -43,11 +43,11 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3154763">You can also right-click in an index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Update Index or Table of Contents</emph>. The following commands are also available in the context menu:</paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EditCurIndex" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147297" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3146967" xml-lang="en-US">Edit Index or Table of Contents</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146967">Edit Index or Table of Contents</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151387" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditCurIndex" visibility="visible">Edits the current index or table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RemoveTableOf" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155620" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3147403" xml-lang="en-US">Delete Index or Table of Contents</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147403">Delete Index or Table of Contents</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155625" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:RemoveTableOf" visibility="visible">Deletes the current index or table.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/legacynumbering.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/legacynumbering.xhp index 1bb9fc0c31..d50a72c8a8 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/legacynumbering.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/legacynumbering.xhp @@ -34,11 +34,11 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingpositionpage/indentmf" id="bm_id3153032" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/numdistmf" id="bm_id3155830" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/indentmf" id="bm_id1336405" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154422" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Indent</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154422">Indent</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144438" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/numdistmf">Enter the amount of space to leave between the left page margin (or the left edge of the text object) and the left edge of the numbering area. If the current paragraph style uses an indent, the amount you enter here is added to the indent.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingpositionpage/relative" id="bm_id3149166" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/relative" id="bm_id3149164" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155179" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Relative</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155179">Relative</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146137" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/relative">Indents the current level relative to the previous level in the list hierarchy.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingpositionpage/numberingwidthmf" id="bm_id3153349" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/indentatmf" id="bm_id3153348" localize="false"/> @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/numdistmf" id="bm_id3149235" localize="false"/> <switch select="appl"> <case select="WRITER"> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156194" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Minimum space between numbering and text.</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3156194">Minimum space between numbering and text.</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147574" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/numdistmf">The alignment of the numbering symbol is adjusted to get the desired minimum space. If it is not possible because the numbering area is not wide enough, then the start of the text is adjusted.</ahelp></paragraph> </case> </switch> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp index 1c8c651233..6eca976d9b 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp @@ -37,25 +37,25 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10553" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the document that you want to use as a base for the mail merge document.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/currentdoc" id="bm_id9740592.00000001" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Use the current document</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10556">Use the current document</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Uses the current Writer document as the base for the mail merge document.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/newdoc" id="bm_id501724" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055D" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Create a new document</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1055D">Create a new document</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10561" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a new Writer document to use for the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/loaddoc" id="bm_id216986" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10564" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Start from existing document</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10564">Start from existing document</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10568" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select an existing Writer document to use as the base for the mail merge document.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/browsedoc" id="bm_id7658314" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1056B" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Browse</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1056B">Browse</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Locate the Writer document that you want to use, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/template" id="bm_id1717886" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10572" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Start from a template</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10572">Start from a template</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10576" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the template that you want to create your mail merge document with.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/browsetemplate" id="bm_id3173619" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10579" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Browse</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10579">Browse</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1057D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a template selector dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/recentdoc" id="bm_id6065248" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10584" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Start from a recently saved starting document</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10584">Start from a recently saved starting document</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10588" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Use an existing mail merge document as the base for a new mail merge document.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/recentdoclb" id="bm_id920133" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106F6" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the document.</ahelp></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp index 9b79f8977c..cd6b6451c1 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp @@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10543" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Select document type</link></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10553" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the type of mail merge document to create.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputtypepage/letter" id="bm_id2589190" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Letter</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputtypepage/letter" id="bm_id2589190" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN10556">Letter</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a printable mail merge document.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id6954863" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Email message</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id6954863">Email message</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputtypepage/email" id="bm_id3822443" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10561" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Creates mail merge documents that you can send as an email message or an email attachment.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10572" xml-lang="en-US">Next step: <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses</link></paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp index 3d525be52e..e97134e8c0 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp @@ -39,30 +39,30 @@ <paragraph role="note" id="par_idN10561" xml-lang="en-US">The Mail Merge wizard opens to this page if you start the wizard in a text document that already contains address database fields. If the wizard opens directly to this page, the <emph>Select Address List</emph> button is called <emph>Select Different Address List</emph>.</paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US">The title of this page is <emph>Insert address block</emph> for letters and <emph>Select address list</emph> for email messages.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/addresslist" id="bm_id8489028" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10568" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Select Address List</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10568">Select Address List</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056C" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp">Select Address List</link> dialog, where you can choose a data source for the addresses, add new addresses, or type in a new address list.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="warning" id="par_id7805413" xml-lang="en-US">When you edit some records in a Calc spreadsheet data source that is currently in use for a mail merge, those changes are not visible in the mail merge.<comment>ufi: see i9899</comment></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/address" id="bm_id934476" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1057D" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">This document shall contain an address block</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1057D">This document shall contain an address block</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10581" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds an address block to the mail merge document.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/settingspreview" id="bm_id934477" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10584" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the address block layout that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="warning" id="par_id7805416" xml-lang="en-US">If you select <emph>This document shall contain an address block</emph>, the third and fourth substeps become enabled on this page. Then you have to match the <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">address block elements</link> and the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp">field names</link> used in the mail.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/hideempty" id="bm_id59205" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id9355754" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Suppress lines with just empty fields</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id9355754">Suppress lines with just empty fields</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3109225" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enable to leave empty lines out of the address.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/settings" id="bm_id8949247" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10587" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">More</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10587">More</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1058B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp">Select Address Block</link> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/assign" id="bm_id8653523" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059C" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Match fields</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1059C">Match fields</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A0" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp">Match Fields</link> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="warning" id="par_id7805417" xml-lang="en-US">Unless all address elements are matched with a column header, you cannot finish the Mail Merge wizard with the <emph>Finish</emph> button or continue to the <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp">fourth step</link> of the wizard.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/addresspreview" id="bm_id8653524" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A1" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Shows a preview of the address block template filled with data.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/prev" id="bm_id2950224" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/next" id="bm_id8050477" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105B1" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">(Browse buttons)</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105B1">(Browse buttons)</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105B5" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Use the browse buttons to preview the information from the previous or next data record.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105B8" xml-lang="en-US">Next step: <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Create salutation</link></paragraph> <paragraph id="hd_idN105834" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Alternatively you can press the <emph>Finish</emph> button and use the <link href="text/swriter/mailmergetoolbar.xhp">Mail Merge Toolbar</link> to finish the mail merge process.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp index 535e1ac14c..f270e84a9c 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp @@ -37,41 +37,41 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10553" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the properties for the salutation.</ahelp> If the mail merge database contains gender information, you can specify different salutations based on the gender of the recipient.</paragraph> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/greeting" id="bm_id274666" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">This document should contain a salutation</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10556">This document should contain a salutation</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a salutation.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/personalized" id="bm_id274667" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055D" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Insert personalized salutation</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1055D">Insert personalized salutation</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10561" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a personalized salutation to the mail merge document. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/female" id="bm_id274668" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10564" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Female</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN10564">Female</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10568" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/newfemale" id="bm_id274669" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1056B" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">New</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN1056B">New</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> (Female recipient) dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/male" id="bm_id274670" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10580" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Male</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN10580">Male</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10584" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/newmale" id="bm_id274671" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10587" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">New</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN10587">New</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1058B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> (Male recipient) dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/femalecol" id="bm_id274672" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059C" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Field name</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN1059C">Field name</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A0" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the field name of the address database field that contains the gender information.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/femalefield" id="bm_id274673" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A3" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Field value</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN105A3">Field value</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A7" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the field value that indicates the gender of the recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/general" id="bm_id274674" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105AA" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">General salutation</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105AA">General salutation</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105AE" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the default salutation that is used when you do not specify a personalized salutation.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/preview" id="bm_id274675" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105B1" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Preview</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105B1">Preview</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105B5" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays a preview of the salutation.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/assign" id="bm_id9288918" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105B8" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Match fields</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN105B8">Match fields</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105BC" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp">Match Fields</link> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/prev" id="bm_id3859675" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/next" id="bm_id991546" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105CD" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">(Browse buttons)</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN105CD">(Browse buttons)</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105D1" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Use the browse buttons to preview the information from the previous or next data record.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105D4" xml-lang="en-US">Next step: <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust layout</link></paragraph> <paragraph id="hd_idN10584" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Alternatively you can press the <emph>Finish</emph> button and use the <link href="text/swriter/mailmergetoolbar.xhp">Mail Merge Toolbar</link> to finish the mail merge process.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp index 2dabe402fb..7ec3fd85bf 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp @@ -36,30 +36,30 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10543" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust layout</link></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10553" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the position of the address blocks and salutations on the documents.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10544" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Address Block Position</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10544">Address Block Position</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/top" id="bm_id1113010" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10564" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From top</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10564">From top</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10568" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the page and the top edge of the address block.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/align" id="bm_id7631458" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Align to text body</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10556">Align to text body</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Aligns the frame that contains the address block to the left page margin.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/left" id="bm_id7862483" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055D" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From left</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1055D">From left</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10561" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left edge of the address block.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10545" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Salutation Position</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10545">Salutation Position</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/up" id="bm_id656758" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1056B" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Up</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1056B">Up</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Moves the salutation up.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/down" id="bm_id3112582" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10572" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Down</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10572">Down</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10576" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Moves the salutation down.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/example" id="bm_id3112585" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10573" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Preview area</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10573">Preview area</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10577" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Provides a preview of the salutation positioning on the page.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/zoom" id="bm_id628070" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10579" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Zoom</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10579">Zoom</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1057D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select a magnification for the print preview.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106AF" xml-lang="en-US">Use the commands in the context menu of the preview to move the view up and down.</paragraph> <paragraph id="hd_idN10584" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Press the <emph>Finish</emph> button and use the <link href="text/swriter/mailmergetoolbar.xhp">Mail Merge Toolbar</link> to finish the mail merge process.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp index e888d2ee9f..858448f1a4 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp @@ -32,13 +32,13 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/ccdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/ccdialog/CCDialog" id="bm_id2162235" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10539" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Copy To</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN10539">Copy To</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1053D" xml-lang="en-US">Specify additional email recipients for the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_emailmergeddoc.xhp">mail merge</link> document.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/ccdialog/cc" id="bm_id2162236" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1054E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">CC</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1054E">CC</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10552" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the recipients of email copies, separated by a semicolon (;).</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/ccdialog/bcc" id="bm_id3037202" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10555" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">BCC</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10555">BCC</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10559" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the recipients of email blind copies, separated by a semicolon (;).</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp index 899a6f201d..b95070c5ae 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp @@ -32,24 +32,24 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/customizeaddrlistdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/customizeaddrlistdialog/CustomizeAddrListDialog" id="bm_id8578150" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1053C" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Customize Address List</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN1053C">Customize Address List</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10540" xml-lang="en-US">Customizes the address list for <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">mail merge</link> documents.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/customizeaddrlistdialog/treeview" id="bm_id8578151" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10551" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Address list elements</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10551">Address list elements</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10555" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the fields that you want to move, delete, or rename.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#updown"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/customizeaddrlistdialog/add" id="bm_id8578152" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10560" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Add</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10560">Add</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10564" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts a new text field.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/customizeaddrlistdialog/delete" id="bm_id8578153" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1056E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delete</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1056E">Delete</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10572" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected field.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/customizeaddrlistdialog/rename" id="bm_id8578154" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10575" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Rename</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10575">Rename</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10579" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Renames the selected text field.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp index 2e22c7ffc4..2c031d8ce3 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp @@ -32,31 +32,31 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/AddressBlockDialog" id="bm_id8578143" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1053C" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Custom Salutation</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN1053C">Custom Salutation</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10540" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the salutation layout for <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp">mail merge</link> or <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp">email merge</link> documents. The name of this dialog is different for female recipients and male recipients.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/addresses" id="bm_id8578142" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10551" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Salutation elements</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10551">Salutation elements</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10555" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select a field and drag the field to the other list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/toaddr" id="bm_id5275734" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10558" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">></paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10558">></h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055C" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds the selected field from the list of salutation elements to the other list. You can add a field more than once.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/fromaddr" id="bm_id6546525" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055F" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1055F"><</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10563" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Removes the selected field from the other list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/addressdest" id="bm_id1746574" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10566" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Drag salutation elements into the box below</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10566">Drag salutation elements into the box below</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Arrange the fields by drag-and-drop or use the arrow buttons.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/custom" id="bm_id8161564" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1056D" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Customize salutation</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1056D">Customize salutation</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10571" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select a value from the list for the salutation and the punctuation mark fields.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/addrpreview" id="bm_id8161564" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10574" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Preview</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10574">Preview</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10578" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays a preview of the first database record with the current salutation layout.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/up" id="bm_id1669972" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/left" id="bm_id1744743" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/right" id="bm_id1376384" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/down" id="bm_id7465132" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1057B" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">(Arrow Buttons)</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1057B">(Arrow Buttons)</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1057F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the item.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp index 4b40546f80..e447b2886e 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp @@ -32,37 +32,37 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/MailBodyDialog" id="bm_id495011" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1053C" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Email Message</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN1053C">Email Message</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10540" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Type the message and the salutation for files that you send as <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp">email</link> attachments.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/greeting" id="bm_id1831110" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10554" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">This email should contain a salutation</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10554">This email should contain a salutation</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10558" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a salutation to the email.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/personalized" id="bm_id1831111" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055B" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Insert personalized salutation</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1055B">Insert personalized salutation</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a personalized salutation. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/female" id="bm_id1831112" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10562" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Female</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN10562">Female</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10566" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/newfemale" id="bm_id1831113" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10569" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">New</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN10569">New</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> dialog for a female recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/male" id="bm_id1831114" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1057E" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Male</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN1057E">Male</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10582" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/newmale" id="bm_id1831115" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10585" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">New</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN10585">New</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10589" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> dialog for a male recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/femalecol" id="bm_id1831116" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059A" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Field name</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN1059A">Field name</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1059E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the field name of the address database field that contains the gender information.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/femalefield" id="bm_id1831117" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A1" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Field value</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN105A1">Field value</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A5" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the field value that indicates the gender of the recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/general" id="bm_id1831118" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A8" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">General salutation</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105A8">General salutation</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105AC" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the default greeting to use if a personalized salutation cannot be created.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/bodymle" id="bm_id495010" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105AF" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Write your message here</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105AF">Write your message here</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105B3" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the main text of the email.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_emailmergeddoc.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_emailmergeddoc.xhp index 2a505e5b48..6b0dbea142 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_emailmergeddoc.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_emailmergeddoc.xhp @@ -36,54 +36,54 @@ <paragraph id="par_id201703192214161498" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Sends the mail merge output as email messages to all or some recipients.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="par_idN10556" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Email options</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10556">Email options</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/mailto" id="bm_id5152745" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="par_idN105E8" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">To</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105E8">To</h3> <paragraph id="par_idN105EC" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the database field that contains the email address of the recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/copyto" id="bm_id3541673" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="par_idN105EF" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Copy to</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105EF">Copy to</h3> <paragraph id="par_idN105F3" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp">Copy To</link> dialog where you can specify one or more CC or BCC addresses.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/subject" id="bm_id5238196" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="par_idN10600" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Subject</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10600">Subject</h3> <paragraph id="par_idN10604" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the subject line for the email messages.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/sendas" id="bm_id9405499" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="par_idN10607" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Send as</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10607">Send as</h3> <paragraph id="par_idN1060B" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the mail format for the email messages.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idN1060E" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">The Plain text and HTML message formats are sent in the body of the message, whereas the *.odt, *.doc, and *.pdf formats are sent as attachments.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/sendassettings" id="bm_id2954496" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="par_idN10611" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Properties</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10611">Properties</h3> <paragraph id="par_idN10615" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp">Email Message</link> dialog where you can enter the email message for the mail merge files that are sent as attachments.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/attach" id="bm_id8253730" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="par_idN10626" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Name of the attachment</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10626">Name of the attachment</h3> <paragraph id="par_idN1062A" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Shows the name of the attachment.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph id="par_idN10558" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Send records</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10558">Send records</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/sendallrb" id="bm_id8163090" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="par_idN1062D" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Send all documents</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1062D">Send all documents</h3> <paragraph id="par_idN10631" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select to send emails to all recipients.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/fromrb" id="bm_id941191" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059B" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1059B">From</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1059F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Selects a range of records starting at the record number in the <emph>From</emph> box and ending at the record number in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/from" id="bm_id8942839" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106DB" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN106DB">From</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106E1" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of the first record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/to" id="bm_id7026887" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A2" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105A2">To</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A6" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of the last record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/ok" id="bm_id425122" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="par_idN10642" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Send Documents</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10642">Send Documents</h2> <paragraph id="par_idN10646" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click to start sending emails.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp index 63c97f59f7..e6677121e3 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp @@ -32,22 +32,22 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/findentrydialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/findentrydialog/FindEntryDialog" id="bm_id8489028" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10539" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Find Entry</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN10539">Find Entry</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1053D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Searches for a record or recipient in the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">mail merge</link> address list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/findentrydialog/entry" id="bm_id8489029" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1054E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Find</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1054E">Find</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10552" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the search term.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/findentrydialog/findin" id="bm_id8489030" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10555" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Find only in</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10555">Find only in</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10559" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Restricts the search to one data field. </ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/findentrydialog/area" id="bm_id8489031" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055C" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the data field where you want to search for the text.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/findentrydialog/find" id="bm_id8489033" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055F" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Find</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1055F">Find</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10563" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the next record that contains the search text.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp index d8e061ac53..3b989ca81c 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp @@ -32,15 +32,15 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/assignfieldsdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/assignfieldsdialog/AssignFieldsDialog" id="bm_id8489027" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10539" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Match Fields</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN10539">Match Fields</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1053D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Matches the logical field names of the layout dialog to the field names in your database when you create new <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">address blocks</link> or <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp">salutations</link>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/assignfieldsdialog/FIELDS" id="bm_id8489028" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1054E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Matches to field:</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1054E">Matches to field:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10552" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select a field name in your database for each logical address element.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/assignfieldsdialog/PREVIEW" id="bm_id8489029" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10555" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Address block preview</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10555">Address block preview</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10559" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays a preview of the values of the first data record.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp index 1c8782f728..35cd0e430c 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp @@ -30,25 +30,25 @@ </history> </meta> <body> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10542" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">New Address Block or Edit Address Block</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN10542">New Address Block or Edit Address Block</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10546" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the placement of address data fields in an address block in <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp">mail merge</link> documents.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_MM_ADDBLOCK_ELEMENTS" id="bm_id5275740" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10569" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Address elements</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10569">Address elements</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select an address field and drag the field to the other list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_MM_ADDBLOCK_INSERT" id="bm_id5275741" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10570" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">></paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10570">></h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10574" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds the selected field from the Address Elements list to the other list.</ahelp> You can add the same field more than once.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_MM_ADDBLOCK_REMOVE" id="bm_id5275742" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10577" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10577"><</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1057B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Removes the selected field from the other list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_MM_ADDBLOCK_DRAG" id="bm_id5275743" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1057E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Drag address elements here</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1057E">Drag address elements here</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10582" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Arrange the fields with drag-and-drop or use the arrow buttons.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_MM_ADDBLOCK_PREVIEW" id="bm_id5275744" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10585" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Preview</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10585">Preview</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10589" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays a preview of the first database record with the current address block layout.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_MM_ADDBLOCK_MOVEBUTTONS" id="bm_id5275745" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1058C" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">(Arrow Buttons)</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1058C">(Arrow Buttons)</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10590" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the entry.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp index 9851f672fe..c781aae646 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp @@ -32,11 +32,11 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/CreateAddressList" id="bm_id3153966" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10542" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">New Address List</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN10542">New Address List</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10546" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter new addresses or edit the addresses for <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">mail merge</link> documents.</ahelp> When you click <emph>OK</emph>, a dialog prompts you for the location to save the address list.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/CONTAINER" id="bm_id3153967" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10557" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Address Information</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10557">Address Information</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter or edit the field contents for each mail merge recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/START" id="bm_id3153968" localize="false"/> @@ -45,23 +45,23 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/SETNOSB" id="bm_id3153977" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/NEXT" id="bm_id3153971" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/END" id="bm_id3153972" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Show Entry Number</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1055E">Show Entry Number</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10574" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click the buttons to navigate through the records or enter a record number to display a record.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/NEW" id="bm_id3153973" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10577" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">New</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10577">New</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1057B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a new blank record to the address list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/DELETE" id="bm_id3153974" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1057E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delete</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1057E">Delete</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10582" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected record.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/FIND" id="bm_id3153975" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10585" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Find</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10585">Find</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10589" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp">Find Entry</link> dialog. You can leave the dialog open while you edit the entries.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/CUSTOMIZE" id="bm_id3153976" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Customize</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1059A">Customize</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1059E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp">Customize Address List</link> dialog where you can rearrange, rename, add, and delete fields.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_printmergeddoc.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_printmergeddoc.xhp index 6bf857598f..9bf1724579 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_printmergeddoc.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_printmergeddoc.xhp @@ -36,34 +36,34 @@ <paragraph id="par_id201703192012043766" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Prints the mail merge output for all or some recipients.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Printer options</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10556">Printer options</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/printers" id="bm_id376598" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105B7" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Printer</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105B7">Printer</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105BB" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the printer.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/printersettings" id="bm_id7486190" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105BE" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Properties</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105BE">Properties</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C2" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Changes the printer properties.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10560" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Print records</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10560">Print records</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/printallrb" id="bm_id4834131" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105C5" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Print all documents</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105C5">Print all documents</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C9" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Prints documents for all recipients.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/fromrb" id="bm_id941190" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059B" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1059B">From</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1059F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Selects a range of records starting at the record number in the <emph>From</emph> box and ending at the record number in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/from" id="bm_id8942838" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106DB" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN106DB">From</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106E1" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of the first record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/to" id="bm_id7026886" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A2" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105A2">To</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A6" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of the last record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/ok" id="bm_id6397595" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105DA" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Print Documents</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105DA">Print Documents</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105DE" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Prints the mail merge documents.</ahelp></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_savemergeddoc.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_savemergeddoc.xhp index 92c9e83c31..27232a3e18 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_savemergeddoc.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_savemergeddoc.xhp @@ -36,30 +36,30 @@ <paragraph id="par_id201703191635403846" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Save the mail merge output to file.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="par_idN10557" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Save As options</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10557">Save As options</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultsavedialog/singlerb" id="bm_id7217627" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="par_idN1058D" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Save as single large document</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1058D">Save as single large document</h3> <paragraph id="par_idN10591" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the merged document as a single file.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultsavedialog/individualrb" id="bm_id3735465" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="par_idN10594" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Save as individual documents</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10594">Save as individual documents</h3> <paragraph id="par_idN10598" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the merged document as a separate file for each recipient. The file names of the documents are constructed from the name that you enter, followed by an underscore, and the number of the current record.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultsavedialog/fromrb" id="bm_id941190" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="par_idN1059B" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">From</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1059B">From</h3> <paragraph id="par_idN1059F" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Selects a range of records starting at the record number in the <emph>From</emph> box and ending at the record number in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultsavedialog/from" id="bm_id8942838" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="par_idN106DB" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">From</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN106DB">From</h3> <paragraph id="par_idN106E1" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of the first record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultsavedialog/to" id="bm_id7026886" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="par_idN105A2" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">To</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105A2">To</h3> <paragraph id="par_idN105A6" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of the last record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultsavedialog/ok" id="bm_id4436475" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="par_idN105A9" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Save Documents</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105A9">Save Documents</h2> <paragraph id="par_idN105AD" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the documents.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp index 919594e4b5..46e5aa4316 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp @@ -32,38 +32,38 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/SelectBlockDialog" id="bm_id6604815" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10539" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Select Address Block</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN10539">Select Address Block</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1053D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select, edit, or delete an address block layout for <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">mail merge</link>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/preview" id="bm_id6604816" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1054E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Select your preferred address block</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1054E">Select your preferred address block</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10552" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the block in the list that you want to use for mail merge addresses, and click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/never" id="bm_id6604817" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10555" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Never include country/region</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10555">Never include country/region</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10559" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Excludes country or regional information from the address block.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/always" id="bm_id2571184" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055C" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Always include country/region</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1055C">Always include country/region</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10560" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Includes country or regional information in the address block.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/dependent" id="bm_id6947538" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10563" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Only include country/region if it is not:</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10563">Only include country/region if it is not:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10567" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Only includes country or regional information in the address block if the value differs from the value that you enter in the text box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/country" id="bm_id7257606" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10651" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the country/region string that shall not be printed.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/new" id="bm_id1533249" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1056A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">New</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1056A">New</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp">New Address Block</link> dialog where you can define a new address block layout.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/edit" id="bm_id1784112" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1057F" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1057F">Edit</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10583" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp">Edit Address Block</link> dialog where you can edit the selected address block layout.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/delete" id="bm_id2646565" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10594" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delete</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10594">Delete</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10598" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected address block layout.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp index 73a05ae81a..8f63d39f21 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp @@ -32,22 +32,22 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/SelectAddressDialog" id="bm_id119937" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10542" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Select Address List</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN10542">Select Address List</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10549" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the address list that you want to use for <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">mail merge</link>, then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/add" id="bm_id7303689" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Add</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1055A">Add</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the database file that contains the addresses that you want to use as an address list.</ahelp> If the file contains more than one table, the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp">Select Table</link> dialog opens.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/create" id="bm_id584429" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10573" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Create</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10573">Create</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10589" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">New Address List</link> dialog, where you can create a new address list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/filter" id="bm_id4916837" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Filter</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1059A">Filter</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1059E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/02/12090100.xhp">Standard Filter</link> dialog , where you can apply filters to the address list to display the recipients that you want to see.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/edit" id="bm_id3753166" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105AF" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105AF">Edit</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105B3" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">New Address List</link> dialog, where you can edit the selected address list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/changetable" id="bm_id7802667" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105C4" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Change Table</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105C4">Change Table</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C8" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp">Select Table</link> dialog, where you can select another table to use for mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp index 94941febb0..7c790d1b37 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp @@ -31,9 +31,9 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selecttabledialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selecttabledialog/SelectTableDialog" id="bm_id6627093" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selecttabledialog/table" id="bm_id6627094" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10542" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Select Table</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selecttabledialog/table" id="bm_id6627094" localize="false"/><h1 id="par_idN10542">Select Table</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10546" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the table that you want to use for <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp">mail merge</link> addresses.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selecttabledialog/preview" id="bm_id2926419" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10557" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Preview</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selecttabledialog/preview" id="bm_id2926419" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN10557">Preview</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>Mail Merge Recipients</emph> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/title_page.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/title_page.xhp index 7aaeeda525..5fd43496ff 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/title_page.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/title_page.xhp @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ <paragraph id="par_id300920161443298274" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Page header and footer, numbering, margins and orientation are some of the properties that belongs to page styles. %PRODUCTNAME Writer let your to insert a blank title page at any point of your document, or format an existing page like a title page, by inserting a page break followed by a page style of your choice or by changing the page style at cursor position.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id300920161443293374" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">Using the Default (or any other) page style for your document, you can add a header or footer as you wish to the first page by deselecting the <item type="menuitem">Same content on first page</item> option on the header/footer tabs in the <emph>Page Style</emph> dialog, and then adding the header or footer. You can then add a different header or footer to the other pages of the document.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id300920161443299618" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To convert the first page of the document into a title page</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id300920161443299618">To convert the first page of the document into a title page</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ </list> <paragraph id="par_id300920161443314375" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">This will change the current page style to <emph>First Page</emph> and the following pages will have the <emph>Default Style</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id300920161443317859" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To insert a title page anywhere in the document</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id300920161443317859">To insert a title page anywhere in the document</h2> <paragraph id="par_id300920161443317032" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Place the cursor where you want to insert a new title page.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ </list> <paragraph id="par_id300920161443324067" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">This will insert a page break and change the current page style to <emph>First Page</emph>. The following pages will have the <emph>Default Style</emph> page style.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id300920161443323335" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To delete a title page:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id300920161443323335">To delete a title page:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id30092016144332559" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You cannot delete a title page. You must change its page style format from <emph>First Page</emph> to whatever other page style you wish.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/watermark.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/watermark.xhp index 6d150edd5e..f34b6c24c3 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/watermark.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/watermark.xhp @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/watermarkdialog/Color" id="bm_id561516970763374" localize="false"/> <h2 id="hd_id321516900368799">Color</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id521516900373461" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select a color from the drop-down box.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id771516906476223" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To change a watermark contents or setting.</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id771516906476223">To change a watermark contents or setting.</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id831516906589936" xml-lang="en-US">If the watermark in use is a text inserted by the <item type="menuitem">Format - Watermark</item> menu command or by the <link href="text/shared/01/classificationbar.xhp">document classification settings</link>, you can edit the contents and settings on opening the watermark dialog.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id611516900724619" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/classificationbar.xhp#bm_id030820161856432825">Document classification watermarks</link></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/08010000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/08010000.xhp index d822a9cbbf..1701bb419f 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/08010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/08010000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ <body> <section id="pagenumber"> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:StatePageNumber" id="bm_id9389648" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145241" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Page Number</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3145241">Page Number</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151184" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:StatePageNumber">The current page number is displayed in this field of the status bar. A click opens "Go to Page", with which you can navigate in the document. A right-click shows all bookmarks in the document. Click a bookmark to position the text cursor at the bookmark location.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145078" xml-lang="en-US">The displayed page (x) and the total number of pages (y) are shown in the form <emph>Page x/y</emph> When you scroll through a document with the mouse, the page number is displayed when you release the mouse button. When you scroll using the right scrollbar, the page numbers are displayed as a Help tip. The page numbering format of the status bar and scrollbar is identical.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp index c2e6311164..06aac3e49e 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147407" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="auto_numbering"><link href="text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp">Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155525" role="paragraph">$[officename] can automatically apply numbering or bullets as you type.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154243" role="heading" level="2">To Enable Automatic Numbering and Bulleting</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3154243">To Enable Automatic Numbering and Bulleting</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152830" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>, click the <item type="menuitem">Options</item> tab, and then select “Bulleted and numbered lists”.</paragraph> @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2357860" role="tip">The automatic numbering option is only applied to paragraphs that are formatted with the "Default", "Text body", or "Text body indent" paragraph style.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152897" role="heading" level="2">To Create a Numbered or Bulleted List While You Type</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3152897">To Create a Numbered or Bulleted List While You Type</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147773" role="listitem">Type 1., i., or I. to start a numbered list. Type * or - to start a bulleted list. You can also type a right parenthesis after the number instead of a period , for example, 1) or i).</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp index 62c3284a15..2f08e096b6 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ <paragraph id="hd_id3155521" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="autotext"><link href="text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp">Using AutoText</link></variable></paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3150534" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">In $[officename] Writer, you can store text - also containing graphics, tables, and fields - as AutoText, so that you can quickly insert the text later on. If you want, you can also store formatted text.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3155539" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Create an AutoText Entry</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155539">To Create an AutoText Entry</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ </listitem> </list> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147282" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Insert an AutoText Entry</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147282">To Insert an AutoText Entry</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3145668" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can also type the shortcut for an AutoText entry, and then press F3, or click the arrow next to the <item type="menuitem">AutoText</item> icon on the <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> bar, and then choose an AutoText entry.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3155090" role="tip" xml-lang="en-US">To quickly enter a %PRODUCTNAME Math formula, type <item type="literal">fn</item>, and then press F3. If you insert more than one formula, the formulae are sequentially numbered. To insert dummy text, type <item type="literal">dt</item>, and then press F3.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3155115" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Print a List of AutoText Entries</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155115">To Print a List of AutoText Entries</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ </listitem> </list> -<paragraph id="hd_id3151327" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Using AutoText in Network Installations</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151327">Using AutoText in Network Installations</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3151355" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can store AutoText entries in different directories on a network.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3151370" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">For example, you can store "read-only" AutoText entries for your company on a central server, and user-defined AutoText entries in a local directory.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3151390" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The paths for the AutoText directories can be edited in the configuration.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp index 939672f31f..5218d71dac 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3116136" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="border_character"><link href="text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp">Defining Borders for Characters</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148413" role="warning">If two adjacent text ranges' all border properties are identical (same style, width, color, padding and shadow), then those two ranges will be considered to be part of the same border group and rendered within the same border in the document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3110503" role="heading" level="2">To Set a Predefined Border Style</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3110503">To Set a Predefined Border Style</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3118661" role="listitem">Select the range of characters around which you want to add a border.</paragraph> @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3111023" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3142068" role="heading" level="2">To Set a Customized Border Style</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3142068">To Set a Customized Border Style</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3118613" role="listitem">Select the range of characters around which you want to add a border.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp index 574dbe0b58..ce601c59d9 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156136" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="border_page"><link href="text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp">Defining Borders for Pages</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148473" role="warning">In Writer, you define borders for <emph>page styles</emph>, not individual pages. All changes made to borders apply to all pages that use the same page style. Note that page style changes cannot be undone by the Undo function in $[officename].</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150503" role="heading" level="2">To Set a Predefined Border Style</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3150503">To Set a Predefined Border Style</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148491" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Page Style - Borders</emph>.</paragraph> @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156023" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145068" role="heading" level="2">To Set a Customized Border Style</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3145068">To Set a Customized Border Style</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148663" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Page Style - Borders</emph>.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp index c5ae906028..ba95f77de4 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3155879" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can set up fields in your document that display text when a condition that you define is met. For example, you can define the conditional text that is displayed in a series of reminder letters.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3155895" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Setting up conditional text in this example is a two-part process. First you create a variable, and then you create the condition.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153175" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Define a Conditional Variable</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153175">To Define a Conditional Variable</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3153185" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The first part of the example is to define a variable for the condition statement.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ </listitem> </list> -<paragraph id="hd_id3145645" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Define a Condition and the Conditional Text</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145645">To Define a Condition and the Conditional Text</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3145659" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The second part of the example is to define the condition that must be met, and to insert a placeholder for displaying the conditional text in your document.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ </listitem> </list> -<paragraph id="hd_id3155073" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Display the Conditional Text</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155073">To Display the Conditional Text</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3155086" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">In this example, the conditional text is displayed when the value of the conditional variable is equal to 3.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp index a7ec09bc7d..f0344c727a 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ </table> -<paragraph id="hd_id8194219" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Set Up Alternating Page Styles</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id8194219">To Set Up Alternating Page Styles</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3147772" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To add a footer to one of the page styles, choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the footer to. In the footer frame, type the text that you want to use as a footer.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3147254" role="tip" xml-lang="en-US">If you do not want to have a header or a footer on the title page of your document, apply the "First Page" style to the title page.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id888698" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Suppress the Printout of Empty Pages</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id888698">To Suppress the Printout of Empty Pages</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3394573" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If two even or two odd pages directly follow each other in your document, Writer will insert an empty page by default. You can suppress those automatically generated empty pages from printing and from exporting to PDF.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp index 979acc4400..416c95488a 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp @@ -38,11 +38,11 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145576" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="fields"><link href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp">About Fields</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154246" role="paragraph">Fields are used for data that changes in a document, such as the current date or the total number of pages in a document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154262" role="heading" level="2">Viewing Fields</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3154262">Viewing Fields</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150509" role="paragraph">Fields consist of a field name and the field content. To switch the field display between the field name or the field content, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp"><emph>View - Field Names</emph></link>.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150536" role="paragraph">To display or hide field highlighting in a document, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph>. To permanently disable this feature, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Application Colors</emph>, and clear the check box in front of <emph>Field shadings</emph>.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152885" role="paragraph">To change the color of field shadings, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp"><item type="menuitem">$[officename] - Application Colors</item></link>, locate the <item type="menuitem">Field shadings</item> option, and then select a different color in the <item type="menuitem">Color setting</item> box.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153166" role="heading" level="2">Field Properties</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3153166">Field Properties</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153180" role="paragraph">Most field types in a document, including database fields, store and display variable values.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155533" role="paragraph">The following field types execute an action when you click the field:</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3155548"> @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ </tablerow> </table> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155937" role="heading" level="2">Updating Fields</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155937">Updating Fields</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155963" role="paragraph">To update all of the fields in a document, press F9, or choose <emph>Edit - Select All</emph>, and then press F9.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155984" role="paragraph">To update a field that was inserted from a database, select the field, and then press F9.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id271519643331154" role="note">Placeholders are not updated.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp index 84c5b609c0..a21bf70f31 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp @@ -42,9 +42,9 @@ </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id611285" role="paragraph">In text documents you can find words, formatting, styles, and more. You can navigate from one result to the next, or you can highlight all results at once, then apply another format or replace the words by other text.</paragraph> </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6226081" role="heading" level="2">The Find & Replace dialog</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id6226081">The Find & Replace dialog</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6702780" role="paragraph">To find text within the whole document, open the Find & Replace dialog without any active text selection. If you want to search only a part of your document, first select that part of text, then open the Find & Replace dialog.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3158970" role="heading" level="3">To Find Text</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3158970">To Find Text</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6957304" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialog.</paragraph> @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1371807" role="paragraph">If you closed the dialog, you can press a key combination (Ctrl+Shift+F) to find the next text without opening the dialog. </paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id924100" role="paragraph">Alternatively, you can use the icons at the lower right of the document to navigate to the next text or to any other object in the document.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9359416" role="paragraph">When you click <item type="menuitem">Find All</item>, Writer selects all text that is equal to your entry. Now you can for example set all found text to bold, or apply a character style to all at once.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5891598" role="heading" level="3">To Replace Text</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id5891598">To Replace Text</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1780755" role="note">Unlike searching text, replacing text cannot be restricted to the current selection only.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ </list> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id703451" role="paragraph">When you click <emph>Replace</emph>, Writer will search the whole document for the text in the <emph>Find</emph> box, starting at the current cursor position. When text is found, Writer highlights the text and waits for your response. Click <emph>Replace</emph> to replace the highlighted text in the document with the text in the <emph>Replace</emph> text box. Click <emph>Find Next</emph> to advance to the next found text without replacing the current selection.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7540818" role="paragraph">When you click <emph>Replace All</emph>, Writer replaces all text that matches your entry.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9908444" role="heading" level="3">To Find Styles</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id9908444">To Find Styles</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8413953" role="paragraph">You want to find all text in your document to which a certain Paragraph Style is assigned, for example the "Heading 2" style.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id679342" role="listitem">Select the style to search for, then click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3231299" role="heading" level="3">To Find Formats</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3231299">To Find Formats</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8087405" role="paragraph">You want to find all text in your document to which a certain direct character formatting is assigned. </paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3406170" role="note">Finding formats only finds direct character attributes, it does not find attributes applied as part of a style.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> @@ -113,11 +113,11 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7783745" role="listitem">Click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5597094" role="heading" level="3">More options</paragraph> + <h3 id="par_id5597094">More options</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9919431" role="paragraph">The similarity search can find text that is almost the same as your search text. You can set the number of characters that are allowed to differ.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8533280" role="paragraph">Check the <emph>Similarity search</emph> option and optionally click the <emph>Similarities</emph> button to change the settings. (Setting all three numbers to 1 works fine for English text.)</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4646748" role="tip">When you have enabled Asian language support under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>, the Find & Replace dialog offers options to search Asian text.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2489394" role="heading" level="2">The Navigator</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id2489394">The Navigator</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9934385" role="paragraph">The Navigator is the main tool for finding and selecting objects. You can also use the Navigator to move and arrange chapters, providing an outline view to your document. </paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4159062" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Navigator</emph> to open the Navigator window.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7421796" role="paragraph">Use the Navigator for inserting objects, links and references within the same document or from other open documents. See the <link href="text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp">Navigator</link> guide for more information.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp index 9605f0b925..aa5da56066 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155624" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="footer_pagenumber"><link href="text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp">Inserting Page Numbers in Footers</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8230842" role="paragraph">You can easily insert a page number field in the footer of your document. You can also add a page count to the footer, for example, in the form "Page 9 of 12"</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7867366" role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Page Number</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id7867366">To Insert a Page Number</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150508" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to.</paragraph> @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153155" role="paragraph">If you want, you can align the page number field as you would text.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2988677" role="heading" level="2">To Additionally Add a Page Count</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id2988677">To Additionally Add a Page Count</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155532" role="listitem">Click in front of the page number field, type <item type="literal">Page</item> and enter a space; click after the field, enter a space and then type <item type="literal">of</item> and enter another space.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp index 700a6d3d0f..3522654df2 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145246" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="globaldoc"><link href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp">Master Documents and Subdocuments</link> </variable></paragraph><comment>MW: This file was split into globaldoc.xhp (concepts) and globaldoc_howtos.xhp (procedures)</comment> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149806" role="paragraph">A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6537369" role="heading" level="2">Characteristics of Master Documents</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id6537369">Characteristics of Master Documents</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150096" role="paragraph">When you print a master document, the contents of all subdocuments, indexes, and any text that you entered are printed.</paragraph> @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155180" role="note">When you add a document to a master document or create a new subdocument, a link is created in the master document. You cannot edit the content of a subdocument directly in the master document, but you can use the Navigator to open any subdocument for edit.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7904904" role="heading" level="2">Example of Using Styles</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id7904904">Example of Using Styles</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5817743" role="paragraph">A master document master.odm consists of some text and links to the subdocuments sub1.odt and sub2.odt. In each subdocument a new paragraph style with the same name Style1 is defined and used, and the subdocuments are saved.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9169591" role="paragraph">When you save the master document, the styles from the subdocuments are imported into the master document. First, the new style Style1 from the sub1.odt is imported. Next, the new styles from sub2.odt will be imported, but as Style1 now already is present in the master document, this style from sub2.odt will not be imported. </paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1590014" role="paragraph">In the master document you now see the new style Style1 from the first subdocument. All Style1 paragraphs in the master document will be shown using the Style1 attributes from the first subdocument. However, the second subdocument by itself will not be changed. You see the Style1 paragraphs from the second subdocument with different attributes, depending whether you open the sub2.odt document by itself or as part of the master document.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp index c86652d6cf..8c353ecf96 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ <paragraph id="hd_id3145246" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="globaldoc_howtos"><link href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp">Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments</link></variable></paragraph><comment>MW: this is a new guide created from splitting globaldoc.xhp</comment> <paragraph id="par_id1522873" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153127" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Create a Master Document</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153127">To Create a Master Document</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ </listitem> </list> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154242" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Edit a Master Document</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154242">To Edit a Master Document</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154255" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Use the Navigator for rearranging and editing the subdocuments in a master document.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ <paragraph id="par_idN10C40" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">When you insert an object like a frame or a picture into a master document, do not anchor the object "to page". Instead, set the anchor "to paragraph" on the <emph>Format - (Object type) - Type</emph> tab page, and then set the object's position relative to "Entire Page" in the <emph>Horizontal</emph> and <emph>Vertical</emph> list boxes.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153656" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">To Start Each Subdocument on a New Page</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153656">To Start Each Subdocument on a New Page</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ </listitem> </list> -<paragraph id="hd_id3145228" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">To Export a Master Document</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145228">To Export a Master Document</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp index 781f06fb65..2ff3f99a6d 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155855" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="indices_form"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp">Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154259" role="paragraph">You can apply different paragraph styles, assign hyperlinks to entries, change the layout of indexes, and change the background color of indexes in the <emph>Insert Index</emph> dialog.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155888" role="heading" level="2">To Apply a Different Paragraph Style to an Index Level</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155888">To Apply a Different Paragraph Style to an Index Level</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147110" role="listitem">Right-click in the index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>.</paragraph> @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150516" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146878" role="heading" level="2">To Assign Hyperlinks to Entries in a Table of Contents</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3146878">To Assign Hyperlinks to Entries in a Table of Contents</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146890" role="paragraph">You can assign a cross-reference as a hyperlink to entries in a table of contents.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp index 91448d014d..35f18b290f 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp @@ -39,10 +39,10 @@ <paragraph id="hd_id3149687" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="indices_literature"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp">Creating a Bibliography</link></variable></paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3155864" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">A bibliography is a list of works that you reference in a document.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153402" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Storing Bibliographic Information</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153402">Storing Bibliographic Information</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3153414" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] stores bibliographic information in a bibliography database, or in an individual document.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154244" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">To Store Information in the Bibliography Database</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154244">To Store Information in the Bibliography Database</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ </listitem> </list> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150242" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">To Store Bibliographic Information in an Individual Document</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150242">To Store Bibliographic Information in an Individual Document</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ </list> <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#saving_note"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150741" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting Bibliography Entries From the Bibliography Database</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150741">Inserting Bibliography Entries From the Bibliography Database</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp index e2dd4beb7d..bba1926d77 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+<underlined character> to open a menu. In an open menu, press the underlined character to run a command. For example, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+I to open the <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> menu, and then H to insert a hyperlink.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155186" role="paragraph">To open a context menu, press Shift+F10. To close a context menu, press Escape.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155918" role="heading" level="2">To Insert Sections</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155918">To Insert Sections</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106AA" role="listitem">Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Insert</emph> to open the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar.</paragraph> @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156253" role="paragraph">Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153367" role="heading" level="2">To Insert Text Tables</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3153367">To Insert Text Tables</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153388" role="listitem">Press F6 until the focus is on the diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp index e5bd905d9b..ba6e748850 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#fields_userdata"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp#field_convert"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp#fields_date"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147088" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Editing Tables in Text</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147088">Editing Tables in Text</h2> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp#table_select"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#table_insert"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp#table_delete"/> @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp#tablemode"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp#dragdrop_table"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/breaking_lines.xhp#breaking_lines"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155590" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Images, Drawings, ClipArt, Fontwork</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155590">Images, Drawings, ClipArt, Fontwork</h2> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#anchor_object"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#captions_numbers"/> @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp#text_animation"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp#text_rotate"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/background.xhp#background"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145083" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Table of Contents, Index</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145083">Table of Contents, Index</h2> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#globaldoc"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/> @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150427" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Headings, Types of Numbering</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150427">Headings, Types of Numbering</h2> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/> @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#numbering_paras"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#numbering_lines"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154464" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Headers, Footers, Footnotes</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154464">Headers, Footers, Footnotes</h2> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp#footer_pagenumber"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/> @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#footnote_usage"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp#footnote_with_line"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152948" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Editing Other Objects in Text</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152948">Editing Other Objects in Text</h2> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#anchor_object"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#auto_numbering"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> @@ -171,20 +171,20 @@ <embed href="text/shared/guide/lineend_define.xhp#lineend_define"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/linestyle_define.xhp#linestyle_define"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154324" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Spelling, Dictionaries, Hyphenation</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154324">Spelling, Dictionaries, Hyphenation</h2> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#spellcheck_dialog"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#auto_spellcheck"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp#autocorr_except"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp#delete_from_dict"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#using_hyphen"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp#using_thesaurus"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145673" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Form Letters, Labels and Business Cards</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145673">Form Letters, Labels and Business Cards</h2> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#form_letters"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/labels.xhp#labels"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/labels_database.xhp#labels_database"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#conditional_text2"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145730" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Working with Documents</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145730">Working with Documents</h2> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp#print_brochure"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#globaldoc"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp#print_preview"/> @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ <embed href="text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp#import_ms"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/email.xhp#email"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhp#workfolder"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156315" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Miscellaneous</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156315">Miscellaneous</h2> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#autotext"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp#smarttags"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp index 08909788ef..47c00d4105 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ <section id="define"> -<paragraph id="par_idN10820" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Change the Page Background</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10820">To Change the Page Background</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ </list> </section> -<paragraph id="par_idN1087A" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Change the Page Background of All Pages in a Document</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1087A">To Change the Page Background of All Pages in a Document</h2> <paragraph id="par_idN1087E" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See <link href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define">To Change the Page Background</link> for details.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ </listitem> </list> -<paragraph id="par_idN108A5" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Use Different Page Backgrounds in the Same Document</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN108A5">To Use Different Page Backgrounds in the Same Document</h2> <paragraph id="par_idN108A9" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See <link href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define">To Change the Page Background</link> for details.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/references.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/references.xhp index ee3f38fa02..3ff17ac8a0 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/references.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/references.xhp @@ -44,10 +44,10 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3159263" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Cross-references allow you to jump to specific text passages and objects in a single document. A cross-reference consists of a target and a reference that are inserted as <link href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp">fields</link> in the document.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3155860" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Objects with captions and bookmarks can be used as targets.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149833" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Cross-Referencing Text</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149833">Cross-Referencing Text</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3149846" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Before you can insert a cross-reference, you must first specify the targets in your text.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3156105" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">To Insert a Target</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3156105">To Insert a Target</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ </list> <paragraph id="par_id3156257" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Leave the dialog open and proceed to the next section.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153370" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">To Create a Cross-Reference to a Target</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153370">To Create a Cross-Reference to a Target</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ </listitem> </list> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149980" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Cross-Referencing an Object</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149980">Cross-Referencing an Object</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3149992" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can cross-reference most objects in your document, such as graphics, drawing objects, OLE objects, and tables, so long as they have a caption. To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose <link href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp"><emph>Insert - Caption</emph></link>.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ </listitem> </list> -<paragraph id="hd_id3151115" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Updating Cross-References</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151115">Updating Cross-References</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3153594" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To manually update the cross-references in a document, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Fields</emph> from the menu or press F9.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id7321390" role="tip" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>View - Field Names</emph> to switch between viewing the reference names and the reference contents.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp index ef209ff8ec..00bd775b80 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156113" role="listitem">Click <item type="menuitem">Find Next</item> or <item type="menuitem">Find All</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153401" role="heading" level="2">Regular Expression Examples</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3153401">Regular Expression Examples</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149641" role="listitem">The regular expression for a single character is a period (.).</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp index d8c2e17962..bdcc7a2d12 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ <paragraph id="hd_id3149695" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="section_insert"><link href="text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp">Inserting Sections</link></variable></paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3155917" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can insert new sections, or links to sections in other documents into the current document. If you insert a section as a link, the content of the link changes when you modify the source document.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3155863" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Insert a New Section</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155863">To Insert a New Section</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ </listitem> </list> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149635" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Insert a Section as a Link</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149635">To Insert a Section as a Link</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3149648" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Before you can insert a section as link, you must first create sections in the source document.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3149611" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">When you open a document that contains linked sections, $[officename] prompts you to update the contents of the sections. To manually update a link, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph>.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3149860" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can also insert linked sections in HTML documents. When you view the page in a web browser, the content of the sections corresponds to the content of the sections at the time the HTML document was last saved.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp index efb3b74242..feb4f86a6d 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149872" role="paragraph">You can insert sections from a text document, or an entire text document as a section into another text document. You can also insert sections from a text document as links in another text document, or in the same document.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153367" role="note">To insert a new paragraph immediately before or after a section, click in front or behind the section, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154242" role="heading" level="2">Sections and Columns</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3154242">Sections and Columns</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154255" role="paragraph">You can insert sections into an existing section. For example, you can insert a section containing two columns into a section that contains one column.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154845" role="paragraph">A section layout, for example on the number of columns, has priority over the page layout defined in a page style.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp index d44bfb5f53..26179874df 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3563951" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="smarttags"><link href="text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp">Using Smart Tags</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id368358" role="paragraph">Smart Tags provide additional information and functionality to specified words in a Writer document. The available features can be different for different Smart Tags extensions.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9298379" role="heading" level="2">Installing Smart Tags</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id9298379">Installing Smart Tags</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1827448" role="paragraph">Smart Tags can be supplied as <link href="text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp">extensions</link> to %PRODUCTNAME Writer. </paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2508621" role="paragraph">To install a Smart Tag, do one of the following:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> @@ -47,11 +47,11 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7814264" role="paragraph">Click a Smart Tag *.oxt file link on a web page and open the link with the default application. This requires a properly configured Web browser.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id8142338" role="heading" level="2">Smart Tags Menu</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id8142338">Smart Tags Menu</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1917477" role="paragraph">Any text in a Writer document can be marked with a Smart Tag, by default a magenta colored underline. You can change the color in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME - Application Colors</item>.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id192266" role="paragraph">When you point to a Smart Tag, a tip help informs you to <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline>-click to open the Smart Tags menu. If you don't use a mouse, position the cursor inside the marked text and open the context menu by <keycode>Shift+F10</keycode>.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1998962" role="paragraph">In the Smart Tags menu you see the available actions that are defined for this Smart Tag. Choose an option from the menu. The <item type="menuitem">Smart Tags Options</item> command opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06040700.xhp">Smart Tags</link> page of Tools - Autocorrect Options.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2376476" role="heading" level="2">To Enable and Disable Smart Tags</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id2376476">To Enable and Disable Smart Tags</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id349131" role="paragraph">When you have installed at least one Smart Tags extension, you see the <link href="text/shared/01/06040700.xhp">Smart Tags</link> page in <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>. Use this dialog to enable or disable Smart Tags and to manage the installed tags.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1216467" role="note">Text that is recognized as a Smart Tag is not checked by the automatic spellcheck.</paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp index 9a99259b46..ff5943042e 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6618243" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="table_cellmerge"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp">Merging and Splitting Cells</link> </variable><comment>mw created this file out of the shared guide "table_cellmerge.xhp", see also bug #63021</comment></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1211890" role="paragraph">You can select adjacent cells, then merge them into a single cell. Conversely, you can take a large cell and divide it into individual cells.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3463850" role="heading" level="2">To Merge Cells</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3463850">To Merge Cells</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5708792" role="listitem">Select the adjacent cells.</paragraph> @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6301461" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Table - Merge Cells</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9156468" role="heading" level="2">To Split Cells</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id9156468">To Split Cells</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3415936" role="listitem">Place the cursor in the cell to be split.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp index 5e3de6bdcb..86b7210c21 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156377" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="table_insert"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp">Inserting Tables</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149489" role="paragraph">There are several ways to create a table in a text document. You can insert a table from a toolbar, through a menu command, or from a spreadsheet. <comment>UFI: from a database?</comment></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155908" role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Table From a Toolbar</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155908">To Insert a Table From a Toolbar</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155861" role="listitem">Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table.</paragraph> @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153416" role="paragraph">To cancel, drag to the other side until <emph>Cancel</emph> appears in the preview area of the grid.<comment>make it RTL compliant</comment></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153135" role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Table With a Menu Command</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3153135">To Insert a Table With a Menu Command</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149642" role="listitem">Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table.</paragraph> @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145097" role="listitem">Select the options that you want, click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149572" role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Table From a Calc Spreadsheet</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3149572">To Insert a Table From a Calc Spreadsheet</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149594" role="listitem">Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert.</paragraph> @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ </tablerow> </table> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151093" role="heading" level="3">Drag-and-Drop a Cell Range From a Calc Spreadsheet</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3151093">Drag-and-Drop a Cell Range From a Calc Spreadsheet</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151116" role="listitem">Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp index 4c6b612791..368a8c0237 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155916" role="paragraph">You can change the case of text, format text with small capitals, or capitalize the first letter of each word in a selection.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10728" role="note">When you apply formatting to your text by <emph>Format - Character</emph>, the text stays the same, it is only displayed in another way. On the other hand, when you choose <emph>Format - Text</emph> or <emph>Format - Text - Change Case</emph>, the text is permanently changed.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155861" role="heading" level="2">To Capitalize Text</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155861">To Capitalize Text</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147420" role="listitem">Select the text that you want to capitalize.</paragraph> @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1120200910485775" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select the type of capitalization in the Effects box. "Capitals" capitalizes all letters. "Title" capitalizes the first letter of each word. "Small capitals" capitalizes all letters, but in a reduced font size.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149644" role="heading" level="2">To Change Text to Lowercase</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3149644">To Change Text to Lowercase</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149964" role="listitem">Select the text that you want to change to lowercase.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp index b00e2fad87..6a262cb41c 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149487" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="text_frame"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp">Inserting, Editing, and Linking Frames</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149842" role="paragraph">A frame is a container for text and graphics that you can place anywhere on a page. You can also use a frame to apply a column layout to text.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156104" role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Frame</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3156104">To Insert a Frame</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149961" role="listitem">Select the text that you want to include in the frame.</paragraph> @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149602" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>, and click OK.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145115" role="heading" level="2">To Edit a Frame</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3145115">To Edit a Frame</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149578" role="listitem">To edit the contents of a frame, click in the frame, and make the changes that you want.</paragraph> @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156261" role="listitem">To resize a frame, click an edge of the frame, and drag one of the edges or corners of the frame. Hold down Shift while you drag to maintain the proportion of the frame.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153386" role="heading" level="2">To Hide Text From Printing</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3153386">To Hide Text From Printing</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154262" role="paragraph">Any Writer frame can be set to a mode which allows viewing the text on screen, but hides the text from printing.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155899" role="listitem">In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, unmark the <emph>Print</emph> check box and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148701" role="heading" level="2">To Link Frames</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3148701">To Link Frames</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149986" role="paragraph">You can link Writer frames so that their contents automatically flow from one frame to another.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp index 08a69e6ee3..99a0346cfa 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ </bookmark><comment>mw deleted "text;"</comment> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155185" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="textdoc_inframe"><link href="text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp">Inserting an Entire Text Document</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1812799" role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Text File</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id1812799">To Insert a Text File</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155855" role="listitem">Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file.</paragraph> @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148858" role="paragraph">The contents of the text document are embedded into the current document and are not updated if the source file is changed. If you want the contents to automatically update when you change the source document, insert the file as a link.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156105" role="heading" level="2">To Insert an Entire Text Document as a Link</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3156105">To Insert an Entire Text Document as a Link</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150096" role="listitem">Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp index 7699e4d302..5484ed5f24 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp @@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149695" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="using_hyphen"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp">Hyphenation</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155918" role="paragraph">By default, $[officename] moves words that do not fit on a line to the next line. If you want, you can use automatic or manual hyphenation to avoid this behavior: </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155864" role="heading" level="2">Automatic Hyphenation</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155864">Automatic Hyphenation</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147414" role="paragraph">Automatic hyphenation inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph. This option is only available for paragraph styles and individual paragraphs.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149832" role="heading" level="3">To Automatically Hyphenate Text in a Paragraph</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3149832">To Automatically Hyphenate Text in a Paragraph</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148850" role="listitem">Right-click in a paragraph, and choose <emph>Paragraph</emph>.</paragraph> @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153121" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149629" role="heading" level="3">To Automatically Hyphenate Text in Multiple Paragraphs</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3149629">To Automatically Hyphenate Text in Multiple Paragraphs</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149644" role="paragraph">If you want to automatically hyphenate more than one paragraph, use a paragraph style.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149956" role="paragraph">For example, enable the automatic hyphenation option for the "Default" paragraph style, and then apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> @@ -75,13 +75,13 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145400" role="listitem">Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145417" role="heading" level="2">Manual Hyphenation</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3145417">Manual Hyphenation</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154400" role="paragraph">You can insert a hyphen where you want on a line, or let $[officename] search for the words to hyphenate, and then offer a suggested hyphenation.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6587651" role="heading" level="3">To Manually Hyphenate Single Words</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id6587651">To Manually Hyphenate Single Words</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153363" role="paragraph">To quickly insert a hyphen, click in the word where you want to add the hyphen, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Hyphen(-).</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154244" role="paragraph">If you insert a manual hyphen in a word, the word is only hyphenated at the manual hyphen. No additional automatic hyphenation is applied for this word. A word with a manual hyphen will be hyphenated without regard to the settings on the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab page.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154847" role="heading" level="3">To Manually Hyphenate Text in a Selection</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3154847">To Manually Hyphenate Text in a Selection</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154869" role="listitem">Select the text that you want to hyphenate.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp index a1fb694dc5..7c62482567 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149346" role="paragraph">If there is more than one word in the AutoCorrect memory that matches the three letters that you type, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab to cycle through the available words. To cycle in the opposite direction, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Tab. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1078D" role="heading" level="2"> To Accept/Reject a Word Completion</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN1078D"> To Accept/Reject a Word Completion</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10794" role="listitem">By default, you accept the word completion by pressing the Enter key. </paragraph> @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1079B" role="listitem"> To reject the word completion, continue typing with any other key. </paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1079E" role="heading" level="2"> To Switch off the Word Completion </paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN1079E"> To Switch off the Word Completion </h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107A5" role="listitem"> Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item>.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp index 7982964864..d3646286b1 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ </variable></paragraph><comment>MW created this guide by splitting word_completion.xhp</comment> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4814294" role="paragraph">If you like it that $[officename] automatically completes the words that you frequently use, you can make further adjustments to refine that behavior. If you want, you can also save the current list of collected words so that it can be used in the next session.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2593462" role="paragraph">To fine-tune the word completion choose <item type="menuitem">Tools – AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item> and select any of the following options:</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107C6" role="heading" level="2">To Insert an Additional Space Character</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN107C6">To Insert an Additional Space Character</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B03" role="paragraph">Select <emph>Append space</emph>.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B0E" role="note">The space character is appended after you type the first character of the next word after the auto-completed word. The space character is suppressed if the next character is a delimiter, such as a full stop or a new line character.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107CC" role="heading" level="2">To Define the Accept Key</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN107CC">To Define the Accept Key</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B20" role="paragraph">Choose the key to accept the suggested word using the <emph>Accept with</emph> list box.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107D2" role="heading" level="2">To Select the Minimum Number of Characters</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN107D2">To Select the Minimum Number of Characters</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B36" role="paragraph">Use the <emph>Min. word length</emph> box to set the minimum number of characters a word must have to be collected into the list.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107D8" role="heading" level="2">To Select the Scope of Collected Words</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN107D8">To Select the Scope of Collected Words</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B4C" role="paragraph">Disable the option <emph>When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list</emph>.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B53" role="paragraph">Now the list is also valid for other documents that you open. When you close the last %PRODUCTNAME document, the word list is deleted.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B56" role="paragraph">If you enable the checkbox, the list is only valid as long as the current document is open.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2634968" role="paragraph">If you want the word list to exist longer than the current %PRODUCTNAME session, save it as a document, as described in the following section.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107DE" role="heading" level="2">To Use the Word List for Further Sessions</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN107DE">To Use the Word List for Further Sessions</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B94" role="note">If the automatic spellcheck option is enabled, only the words that are recognized by the spellcheck are collected.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10BA1" role="paragraph">Use the word list to always start with a defined set of technical terms for the word completion feature.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp index 89e0a5195c..ac24932b05 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <section id="how"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1116200901133957" role="heading" level="2">How does %PRODUCTNAME count words?</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id1116200901133957">How does %PRODUCTNAME count words?</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1116200901133998" role="paragraph">In general, every string of characters between two spaces is a word. Dashes, tabs, line breaks, and paragraph breaks are word limits, too.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1116200901133985" role="paragraph">Words with always visible hyphens, as in plug-in, add-on, user/config, are counted as one word each.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id111620090113399" role="paragraph">The words can be a mix of letters, numbers, and special characters. So the following text counts as four words: abc123 1.23 "$" http://www.example.com.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp index 2341a5cef2..0831978115 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ <paragraph id="hd_id3154486" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="wrap"><link href="text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp">Wrapping Text Around Objects</link></variable></paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id4792321" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Wrap Text Around an Object</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id4792321">To Wrap Text Around an Object</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ </listitem> </list> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149834" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Specify the Wrapping Properties</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149834">To Specify the Wrapping Properties</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ </listitem> </list> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154247" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Change the Wrapping Contour of a Graphic</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154247">To Change the Wrapping Contour of a Graphic</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154262" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can change the shape that the text wraps around.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/mailmergetoolbar.xhp b/source/text/swriter/mailmergetoolbar.xhp index 8a140c1809..1517641e4a 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/mailmergetoolbar.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/mailmergetoolbar.xhp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp#mailmerge"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MailMergeCurrentEntry" id="bm_id9046601" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10559" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">(Recipient number)</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10559">(Recipient number)</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the address record number of a recipient to preview the mail merge document for the recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MailMergeFirstEntry" id="bm_id735801" localize="false"/> @@ -51,11 +51,11 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10604" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Use the browse buttons to scroll through the address records.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MailMergeExcludeEntry" id="bm_id108340" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055D" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Exclude recipient</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1055D">Exclude recipient</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10561" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Excludes the current recipient from this mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MailMergeCreateDocuments" id="bm_id1743827" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10564" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit Individual Documents</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10564">Edit Individual Documents</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a single merged document with page breaks between each recipient.</ahelp> The names and the addresses of the recipients are contained in the document, which can be customized as needed.</paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/01/mm_savemergeddoc.xhp#save_merged_document"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/main0000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/main0000.xhp index 405fe1b47e..9da7e900eb 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/main0000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/main0000.xhp @@ -32,19 +32,19 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_EDIT_WIN" id="bm_id3147244" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/HID_GLOBAL_FALLBACK" id="bm_id3147247" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147233" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">%PRODUCTNAME Writer Help</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3147233">%PRODUCTNAME Writer Help</h1> <embed href="text/shared/06/youtubevideos.xhp#whatisit"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147258" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Working With %PRODUCTNAME Writer</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147258">Working With %PRODUCTNAME Writer</h3> <embed href="text/swriter/main0503.xhp#main0503"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/main.xhp#main"/> <embed href="text/schart/main0000.xhp#chart_main"/> <embed href="text/sdatabase/main.xhp#base"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149131" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Menus, Toolbars, and Keys</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149131">Menus, Toolbars, and Keys</h3> <embed href="text/swriter/main0100.xhp#main0100"/> <embed href="text/swriter/main0200.xhp#main0200"/> <embed href="text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#text_keys"/> <section id="helpabouthelp"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149183" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Help about the Help</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149183">Help about the Help</h3> <embed href="text/shared/05/00000100.xhp#help"/> <embed href="text/shared/05/new_help.xhp#newhlp"/> <embed href="text/shared/05/new_help.xhp#hlpindx01"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/main0503.xhp b/source/text/swriter/main0503.xhp index 035edc8ed4..a36dca31e0 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/main0503.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/main0503.xhp @@ -32,25 +32,25 @@ </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154263" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Writer lets you design and produce text documents that can include graphics, tables, or charts. You can then save the documents in a variety of formats, including the standardized OpenDocument format (ODF), Microsoft Word .doc format, or HTML. And you can easily export your document to the Portable Document Format (PDF).</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147755" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Writing</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147755">Writing</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147768" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Writer lets you create both basic documents, such as memos, <link href="text/shared/guide/fax.xhp">faxes</link>, letters , resumes and <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp">merge documents</link>, as well as long and complex or multi-part documents, complete with bibliographies, reference tables and indexes.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147797" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Writer also includes such useful features as a <link href="text/shared/01/06010000.xhp">spellchecker</link>, a <link href="text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp">thesaurus</link>, <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">AutoCorrect</link>, and <link href="text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp">hyphenation</link> as well as a variety of templates for almost every purpose. You can also create your own templates using the wizards.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147225" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Designing and Structuring</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147225">Designing and Structuring</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147239" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] offers a wide variety of options to design documents. Use the <link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp">Styles window</link> to create, assign and modify styles for paragraphs, individual characters, frames and pages. In addition, the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp">Navigator</link> helps you to quickly move around inside your documents, lets you look at your document in an outline view, and keeps track of the objects that you have inserted into your document.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147272" xml-lang="en-US">You can also create various <link href="text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp">indexes and tables</link> in text documents. You can define the structure and appearance of the indexes and tables according to your individual needs. Live hyperlinks and bookmarks let you jump directly to the corresponding items in the text.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145596" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Desktop Publishing with $[officename] Writer</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145596">Desktop Publishing with $[officename] Writer</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145610" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Writer contains numerous desktop publishing and drawing tools to assist you in creating professionally styled documents, such as brochures, newsletters and invitations. You can format your documents with multi-column layouts, <link href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp">frames</link>, <link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp">graphics</link>, <link href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp">tables</link>, and other objects.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145649" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Calculations</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145649">Calculations</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145663" xml-lang="en-US">Text documents in $[officename] have an integrated <link href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp">calculation function</link> that helps you execute sophisticated calculations or logical links. You can easily create a table in a text document in order to perform calculations.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151192" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Creating Drawings</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151192">Creating Drawings</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151206" xml-lang="en-US">The $[officename] Writer <link href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp">drawing tool</link> lets you create drawings, graphics, legends, and other types of drawings directly in text documents.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151229" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Inserting Graphics</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151229">Inserting Graphics</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151243" xml-lang="en-US">You can insert pictures with <link href="text/shared/00/00000020.xhp">different formats</link> into a text document, including graphics with a JPG or GIF format. In addition, the <link href="text/shared/01/gallery.xhp">Gallery</link> provides a collection of clipart graphics, and the <link href="text/shared/guide/fontwork.xhp">Fontwork Gallery</link> creates stunning font effects.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155084" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Flexible Application Interface</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155084">Flexible Application Interface</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155098" xml-lang="en-US">The program interface is designed so that you can configure it according to your preferences, including customizing icons and menus. You can position various program windows, such as the Styles window or the Navigator as floating windows anywhere on the screen. You can also <link href="text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp">dock</link> some windows to the edge of the workspace.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155123" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Drag&Drop</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155123">Drag&Drop</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155137" xml-lang="en-US">The <link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp">drag-and-drop</link> feature enables you to work quickly and efficiently with text documents in $[officename]. For example, you can drag-and-drop objects, such as graphics from the Gallery, from one location to another in the same document, or between open $[officename] documents.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155162" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Help Functions</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155162">Help Functions</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145675" xml-lang="en-US">You can use the <link href="text/shared/05/00000110.xhp">Help system</link> as a complete reference for $[officename] applications, including <link href="text/swriter/guide/main.xhp">instructions</link> for simple and complex tasks.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_footnote_endnote.xhp b/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_footnote_endnote.xhp index 42c801503e..5dc43ec975 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_footnote_endnote.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_footnote_endnote.xhp @@ -35,10 +35,10 @@ <paragraph id="par_id030420161136126396" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">The menu contains commands to insert a footnote or endnote with or without additional user interaction.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="par_id03042016113613789" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Footnote</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_id03042016113613789">Footnote</h2> <paragraph id="par_id030420161138373075" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFootnote">Insert a footnote at the current cursor position without a prompt.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id030420161138377837" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Endnote</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id030420161138377837">Endnote</h2> <paragraph id="par_id030420161138378865" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertEndnote">Insert a endnote at the current cursor position without a prompt.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph id="hd_id3147231" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp">Footnote or Endnote</link></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_frame.xhp b/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_frame.xhp index 026c0a6d9b..86db143350 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_frame.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_frame.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ <paragraph id="par_id030720160603138925" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">This submenu contains both interactive and non-interactive means of inserting a frame.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id030720160605268360" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Frame Interactively</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id030720160605268360">Frame Interactively</h2> <paragraph id="par_id030720160605261333" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFrameInteract">Insert a frame by drawing its shape with the mouse cursor.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp#frame"/> |